I graduated with academic honours without ever meeting my professors ответы егэ

Information

Text 1: Read the following text carefully and then do Task A and Task B.

The real experience of an online-only university student

Adapted from: https://www.timeshighereducation.com/student/blogs/real-experience-online-

only-university-studentRainesford Stauffer

0. Online-only learning is on the rise among students – and blogger Rainesford Stauffer

explains how studying online gave her the flexibility to work and study.

1. I graduated with academic honours without ever meeting my professors, embarking on an

all-nighter with classmates and, technically, never having gone to a class at all. I was an

online-only student, and as online degree programmes grow in popularity, my past three years

of study were a crash-course in the unique challenges of learning online, as well as a glimpse

into what the future of higher education might look like.

2. My school day looked very different than most: rather than loading up my backpack and

heading to class, I would wake up, eat breakfast while doing my first round of schoolwork for

the day, and spend a few hours finishing assignments. Then, I’d head off to work, maybe

tucking in a study session during lunch before wrapping up homework or preparing for exams

in the evening. Saturday and Sunday became two of my busiest school days and I became an

expert at working everywhere from my desk to the car.

3. Some of my most vivid undergraduate memories were of completing a term paper on the

floor backstage at the ballet performance I was managing, and stumbling home after a full day

of work to begin school that evening. Just like traditional universities, I had papers, exams,

and grades – only, there were no office hours and no such thing as sick days. Enrolment in

online learning programmes has grown over the past few years, with more than a quarter of

students enrolled in at least one online course. But too many misconceptions still persist

around the experience of being an online-only student – for example, that an online degree

doesn’t carry the same level of prestige as a traditional one. By contrast, online learning

enabled me to hone skills such as self-motivation and time management that ultimately made

me a better student, and later, a more prepared young adult.

4. Autumn Steed, a professional dancer who just began an online degree programme in

kinesiology at California Baptist University, agrees that there are differences between

traditional university time management, and the commitment required to study online: “you

attend an in-person class for a select period of time in which you are entirely focused on that

subject,” she says. “In an online programme, you must be able to self-motivate and manage

multiple courses in the limited time that you are able to provide for yourself.”

5. Oliver Till, who is studying for a BA in business and environment at The Open University,

observes that “it is very easy, when studying at home, for little things to chip away at the time

you have set aside.” He points out the necessity of “making sure those closest to you

understand the commitment and choice you have made”.

6. With no set class hours, an online student defines their own schedule, a significant reason

why so many working students are drawn to online degree programmes. Steed believes that

this actually helps her education. “For someone who enjoys working at their own pace,

independent higher education seems like the ideal fit. Although online study may eliminate the

social aspect of in-person education, it can counter that loss through the ability to increase

personal productivity,” she says.

Task A: (2.5 points) Choose the correct option according to the text.

Example: (Paragraph 1) Rainesford Stauffer says she

a) graduated without meeting her teachers in person.

b) studied late into the night.

c) found online courses to be risky. Answer: a

Per què aquesta pàgina està desenfocada?

Es tracta d’un document Premium. Fes-te Premium i podràs llegir tot el document.

Per què aquesta pàgina està desenfocada?

Es tracta d’un document Premium. Fes-te Premium i podràs llegir tot el document.

Per què aquesta pàgina està desenfocada?

Es tracta d’un document Premium. Fes-te Premium i podràs llegir tot el document.

Per què aquesta pàgina està desenfocada?

Es tracta d’un document Premium. Fes-te Premium i podràs llegir tot el document.

Selected data derived from the income statement and balance sheet of Jones Soda Co. for a recent year are as follows:

Income statement data (in thousands):Net earnings (loss)$(6,106)Losses on inventory write-down and fixed assets379Depreciation expense799Stock-based compensation expense (noncash)830Balance sheet data (in thousands):Increase in accounts receivable$278Decrease in inventory1,252Decrease in prepaid expenses131Decrease in accounts payable472begin{array}{lrr}
text{Income statement data (in thousands):}\
hspace{15pt}text{Net earnings (loss)}&$hspace{5pt}(6,106)\
hspace{15pt}text{Losses on inventory write-down and fixed assets}&{379}\
hspace{15pt}text{Depreciation expense}&{799}\
hspace{15pt}text{Stock-based compensation expense (noncash)}&{830}\
text{Balance sheet data (in thousands):}\
hspace{15pt}text{Increase in accounts receivable}&{$hspace{20pt}278}\
hspace{15pt}text{Decrease in inventory}&{1,252}\
hspace{15pt}text{Decrease in prepaid expenses}&{131}\
hspace{15pt}text{Decrease in accounts payable}&{472}\
end{array}

a. Prepare the Cash Flows from Operating Activities section of the statement of cash flows, using the indirect method for Jones Soda Co.

I graduated with academic honours without ever meeting my professors, embarking on an all-nighter with classmates and, technically, never having gone to a class at all. I was an online-only student, and as online degree programmes grow in popularity, my past three years of study were a crash-course in the unique challenges of learning online, as well as a glimpse into what the future of higher education might look like.

My school day looked very different than most: rather than loading up my backpack and heading to class, I would wake up, eat breakfast while doing my first round of schoolwork for the day, and spend a few hours finishing assignments. Then, I’d head off to work, maybe tucking in a study session during lunch before wrapping up homework or preparing for exams in the evening. Saturday and Sunday became two of my busiest school days and I became an expert at working everywhere from my desk to the car.

Some of my most vivid undergraduate memories were of completing a term paper on the floor backstage at the ballet performance I was managing, and stumbling home after a full day of work to begin school that evening. Just like traditional universities, I had papers, exams, and grades – only, there were no office hours and no such thing as sick days.

Enrolment in online learning programmes has grown over the past few years, with more than a quarter of students enrolled in at least one online course. But too many misconceptions still persist around the experience of being an online-only student – for example, that an online degree doesn’t carry the same level of prestige as a traditional one. By contrast, online learning enabled me to hone skills such as self-motivation and time management that ultimately made me a better student, and later, a more prepared young adult.


Studying for an MA in a new and unusual subject
Five benefits of a part-time postgraduate degree
A day in the life of a university student in the UK
Going to university at the age of 37


Autumn Steed, a professional dancer who just began an online degree programme in kinesiology at California Baptist University, agrees that there are differences between traditional university time management, and the commitment required to study online: “you attend an in-person class for a select period of time in which you are entirely focused on that subject,” she says. “In an online programme, you must be able to self-motivate and manage multiple courses in the limited time that you are able to provide for yourself.”

Oliver Till, who is studying for a BA in business and environment at The Open University, observes that “it is very easy, when studying at home, for little things to chip away at the time you have set aside.” He points out the necessity of “making sure those closest to you understand the commitment and choice you have made”.

With no set class hours, an online student defines their own schedule, a significant reason why so many working students are drawn to online degree programmes. Steed believes that this actually helps her education. “For someone who enjoys working at their own pace, independent higher education seems like the ideal fit. Although online study may eliminate the social aspect of in-person education, it can counter that loss through the ability to increase personal productivity,” she says.

Line Dalile, who completed her degree in visual culture online at Curtin University, noted that “the biggest challenge has to be connecting with fellow classmates. While discussion forums encourage participation and allow for feedback or exchange of ideas, they lack the ‘real-time’ aspect. Online study offers the student a considerable amount of freedom, which sometimes blurs the boundaries between school and life,” she explained.

Laura Ross, who took a sports law class online at Asbury University while studying for her accounting degree echoed the sentiment. “The biggest difference I noticed was the lack of interaction,” she says. “I felt like the learning was very much on my own.”

That is the simultaneous blessing and curse of the online experience. Learning on my own enabled me to craft an education that was unique to me. Given that about 70 per cent of students work while attending school and that students in the US and UK want more flexibility than ever from their education, gone are the days of a “typical” university experience.

In terms of academic tradition, it is important to point out that distance learning is hardly new, although developments in technology are recent. The concept of higher learning through “correspondence courses” is more than 170 years old, and with the addition of modern technology and desire for increased flexibility, is an inarguable part of the future of universities.

We have a world and economy that is adaptive and flexible. The rise of online learning points to a future of higher education that is equally accessible and innovative. In fact, 90 per cent of academic leaders believe that the majority of all university students will be taking at least one online course in the next five years.

I may not have spent afternoons sprawled out on the campus quad, but my online experience added more things to my education than it subtracted. As the world changes rapidly and the workforce evolves with it, options like online learning create opportunity for students to take charge of what their learning and life will look like. What more can we ask from education, really?

Read more: Five tips to make the most of your university experience 

UNIT 1

MY STUDIES AT THE UNIVERSITY

CHOOSING A CAREER

Discuss the following questions in pairs:

Have you already made up your mind what you want to be?

Do you know what skills you need for the job?

Vocabulary Drill

Ex. 1. Arrange the following words in the appropriate groups.

Lawyer

Architect

Librarian

Refuse collector

Carpenter

Engineer

Tailor/dres smaker Plumber

Hairdresser/barber

Firefighter

Builder

Cleaner

Mechanic

Vet

Police officer

Chef

Designer Electrician

Dentist Priest

Physiotherapist

Accountant

Civil servant

Farmer

Child-minder

Scientist

Jobs      that      require considerable training and / or qualification Trades   (skilled  manual jobs) requiring on-the-job and other training Unskilled jobs
     

Model. Jobs that require considerable training and / or qualifica­tion are: a lawyer, etc.

Ex. 2. Who would you contact or call on in the situations below? Try to find the appropriate person for each situation.

1. A filling has come out of one of your back teeth.

2. You think your eyes need testing.

3. Your fringe is getting a bit too long.

4. You want a portrait photograph of yourself.

5. You fancy a holiday in the sun.

6. Your grand piano isn’t sounding quite right.

7. You want to find a 400-year-old grandfather clock.

8. Your car won’t start.

9. You want to learn to drive.

10. You have decided to sell your house.

11. You want plans drawn up for a new house. 

a) a dentist (dental surgeon)

b) a hairdresser (hair stylist)

c) an architect

d) a driving instructor

e) a (garage) mechanic

g) a photographer

h) an optician

i) an antique dealer

j) a travel agent

k) an estate agent

m) a piano tuner

n) a social worker

Model. If a filling has come out of one of my back teeth, I would contact / call on a dental surgeon.

Ex 3. What jobs can be characterized in the following way?

Very boring  very interesting

Very badly-paid  very well-paid

Give opportunity to meet people  give no opportunity to meet people

Involve travelling  don’t involve travelling

Require special qualification  manual

Caring  influencing people

Require using a computer don’t require using a computer

Involve the use of languages  don’t require knowledge of lan­guages

Monotonous  varied

Involve living abroad  don’t involve living abroad

Low-status  high-status

Require working indoors  require working outdoors

Require wearing special uniform  suggest wearing beautiful clothes

Model. — I think the jobs of a lawyer, a physiotherapist and a designer are very interesting.

— I don’t think so. In my opinion … .

— I agree. I also think that … .

Ex. 4. What are the most important factors for you in choosing or keeping a job? Put the following factors in order of importance and then compare your list with that of your partner’s.  

— good salary or wages

— interesting and varied work, not boring and monotonous

— work which is useful to society

— good working conditions

— flexible hours

— opportunities to meet people

— friendly considerate management and colleagues

— opportunities to travel

— long holidays

— job security

— good career prospects

— bossing people

— dealing with children

— responsibility of your own

— working with nice people

— getting on with your boss

— the chance of promotion

— another factor

Model. The most important factor for me in choosing or keeping a job is … . Secondly, it’s … . Thirdly, it’s … . Then come …, …, …, etc.

Ex. 5. Work in groups of three or four and make up a list of

a) jobs which can be described as:

full-time

part-time

9 to 5

temporary

seasonal

backbreaking

demanding

frustrating

challenging

boring

tough

interesting

well-paid

badly-paid

prestigious

rewarding

b) jobs suitable for men and those for women.

Model. We are of opinion that the following jobs can be described as full-time. They are the jobs of a … , a … , etc.

We think that jobs suitable for men are … . And those for women are … .

Speech Activities

Ex. 1. Which Job Is the Best?

Split into two teams. One team names a job and gives its attrac­tions. The other team thinks of its drawbacks. Then the second team names a job and its attractions and the first team finds its drawbacks.

Model. — The job of a … is (very) … .

— But at the same time it is also (very) … .

Ex 2. Play a guess game.

One student thinks of a job, the others try to guess what the job is by using various job descriptions from the previous exercises.

Example:

— Do you have to wear a uniform?

— Do you have flexible hours?

— Is this job challenging/well-paid etc?                                                                                  

Ex 3. Say what the ideal job for you is and why.

Model. To my mind the ideal job for me is that of a … because … .

Ex. 4 A. Do you think your having influence over them?

B. Individually, circle ‘True’ or ‘False’ to the statements below. Then calculate your score.

True

False

 I always consider other people’s opinions before making decisions.

A

C

 I like working with statistics.

C

A

 I never hesitate to help a colleague with his / her family problems.

A

C

 I frequently forget where I leave things.

B

C

 I rarely succeed in persuading others when I talk to them.

C

B

 Most people think I can survive being insulted.

C

A

 In a new group of people, I often feel anxious.

C

B

 I rarely boast about my achievements.

A

C

 Mundane tasks bore me.

B

C

 The main aim in taking part in an activity is to win.

C

A

 I am easily persuaded by the majority.

C

B

 If I have a choice in the matter, I do things my way first.

C

A

 Success in my job is very important to me.

B

C

 I like tasks which demand a lot of physical and mental energy.

B

C

 I frequently ask myself how I really feel.

A

C

 I make sure people that upset me know they have.

C

B

Calculate your score:

Total A answers_______

Total B answers________

Ignore all C answers.

A = Caring

B = Influencing

0-4 very slight interest

5-12 average interest

13+ strong interest

If you have more A than B answers, you are more interested in caring for people than influencing them. If you have more B answers, you are interested in influencing people.

Caring jobs

Medical

doctor

dentist

psychiatrist

health visitor

radiographer

other

Welfare

social worker

Education

speech therapist                 

teacher

lecturer

Influencing jobs

Control

armed forces

police

prison officer

security guard

Commercial

sales representative

retailer

Managerial

marketing manager / director                                                             

property developer

advertising executive

market researcher

C. Do the results of the test coincide with what you at first thought?

Text 1

A Round Table Talk About Professions

Text A

Ex 1. Match the English and Russian equivalents for the fol­lowing words and word combinations:

Choosing a career is not an easy thing; to depend on; you would like to do; you will have to take special courses; a person has to make a decision; moreover; etc; to find out; a fire-fighter; to train specialists; unless; growth of society; a notary; a judge.

Нотариус; человек вынужден принять решение; вы бы хотели заниматься; зависеть от; развитие общества; готовить специалистов; выбрать профессию — довольно не легко; выяснить, узнать; вам придется прослушать специальные курсы; судья; кроме того, более того; если не; и так далее; пожарный.

Ex 2. Read the first part of the text and choose the best title for it:

1. What a person can do after leaving school.

2. The most important decision a person has to make.

3. Future prospects.

Choosing a career is not an easy thing. It is one of the most diffi­cult problems a young person faces after finishing school. Moreover, it is one of the most important decisions a person has to take in his or her life. Your future will depend on your choice. There are individuals, of course, who from the time they are six years old ‘know’ that they want to be doctors, or pilots, or fire fighters, but the majority of us can’t make a decision about an occupation or career when they leave school.

Choosing an occupation is really a very difficult problem. There are a lot of things you have to think about as you try to decide what you would like to do. You must consider all pros and cons1. You may find that you will have to take special courses to qualify for a particular kind of work, or may find out that you will need to get some work experi-ence2. Fortunately, there are a lot of people you can turn to for advice and help in making your decision. At most schools, there are teachers who can advise you and give detailed information about job qualifica-tions3. And you can talk over your ideas with family members and friends who are always ready to listen to you and offer suggestions.

The so-called aptitude-tests4 as well as interviews with special­ists, good advice on the part of your teachers, an example of your par­ents or relatives, documentaries about careers of great men, and what’s more important, your personal desire, self-evaluation is an important part of the decision-making process. There is another possibility to find the way in life: after finishing school any young person can start work­ing and test himself if he is fit for the trade. Then you can go to a voca­tional college and to get the trade5 of a medical nurse, a technologist, a cook, a computer operator, a hair-dresser, a fashion designer, a shop assistant, an accountant, a forester, a fire fighter, etc. But if you want to be a teacher, a psychologist, a doctor, an engineer, an economist, a jour­nalist, a lawyer, an agronomist, a pilot or a scientist you have to enter this or that University (or Institute) that trains specialists in this field.

Text-based Activities

Ex 1. Find in the text the nouns used in plural and read them out.

Ex. 2. Find in the text and read aloud the sentences where the verb(s) is (are) used in the Present Simple Tense.

Ex. 3. Answer the questions: 

1. What is the most difficult problem for a young person when he leaves school?

2. What things do you have to think about when choosing an occupa­tion?

3. What should you do to qualify for a particular job?

4. Whom can you turn to for advice when making your decision?

5. Are there many young people who choose their profession in childhood?

6. What other way can a person choose a profession?

7. What professions can you get in a vocational college (University)?

8. Why is it so important to be skilled in different professions?

9. Do you know what you want to be?

10. Have you got any career plans?

Text B

Read the second part of the text and say why work is so impor­tant in our society.

In our society work is almost a must for a person. So — unless you are very rich — you have to work if you want to be accepted by your friends, acquaintances and neighbours. That is the reason why some unemployed persons pretend that they still have a job, they cannot ad­mit even to their family that they are out of work.

An unemployed person often feels unwanted and useless.

If I could choose my job freely this job would have to meet some of the following qualifications:

1) The most important condition would be that I liked my work, that it gave satisfaction.

2) This job should pay well enough. I don’t really want to become a millionaire but I would not reject a certain luxury.

3) In this job I would like to work with other people and not just things.

So I want a job that satisfies, that pays fairly well and lets me work together with people.

Answer the questions:

1. Why does a person have to work?

2. What problems does an unemployed person have?

3. What are the most important job qualifications for this person?

4. What is the most important job qualification for you?

Text C

Read the third part of the text and name the professions that were mentioned.

Now let’s have a round table and talk about different professions and jobs. A person taking part in our talk will give reasons why he (she) wants to choose this or that profession.

Marina: I want to become a teacher and work at primary classes. I know that it is a very difficult profession. But there is nothing better than to teach young children and help them to find their way in life, to educate them. I love children, and I want to spend all my life with them. Moreover, I want to leave good memories in their souls.

Rita: As for me, my dream is to be a sociologist. You know that sociology is a science that studies the nature and growth of society and social behaviour of people in it. I always read a lot of reviews done by sociologists on the eve of the elections or referendums. I’m absolutely sure that the results of this work are necessary for political parties, for non-governmental groups and politicians.

Sasha: I think that I’ll become an economist. My mother is an economist and I understand how important her work is for her enter­prise. She is responsible for the effectiveness of the plant. She is aware of the production, distribution and using up of the goods. No decision is taken without her approval. It is very responsible work.

Kate: I want to become a journalist. It’s impossible to imagine our life without journalists’ work. Every day we see reporters and journal­ists on TV and hear them on the radio. These people are always very busy, they are in danger, but their life is interesting. As for me, I try to write articles for our school newspaper and my friends like them.

Ivan: I want to be a lawyer and work in a juridical field. A lawyer can solve many problems. This work gives stability to any society. Peo­ple must be protected by the power of laws and the society has to be protected against crime. But I haven’t decided yet what I really want to be a notary or a judge.

We know that today jobs spring out looking after other people’s lives, children, dogs, gardens, food, health. We understand that all the professions are very important for the society. It needs any skills, the more skills — the better. If you don’t have them — get them. Don’t forget, by 2030 there’ll be jobs we haven’t ever thought about yet. Everybody has to work hard for his dream to come true.

Text-based Activities

Ex 1. Find in the text the nouns used in the possessive case and read out the sentences.

Ex. 2. Choose the correct phrase (a, b or c) to complete the fol­lowing sentences. 

1. One of the most difficult problems a young person faces after finishing school is …

a) to enter an educational establishment.

b) choosing a career.

c) earning money to support life.

2. Sociology is a science that …

a) studies people’s characters.

b) helps people in their relationship.

c) studies the nature and growth of society and social behaviour of people living in it.

3. To become an economist it is necessary to know about …

a) the production, distribution and using up of goods.

b) growth of society.

c) social behaviour of people.

4. To work in a juridical field you have to be …

a) a journalist.

b) a lawyer.

c) a sociologist.

Ex. 3. Find in the text the English equivalents for the given Rus­sian sentences. 

1. … что социология — это наука, которая изучает природу и развитие общества, а также социальное поведение людей в нем.

2. … сегодня возникает множество специальностей по присмотру за другими людьми, их детьми, собаками, садами, питанием, здоровьем.

3. … любые умения, чем больше умений — тем лучше.

4. Если вы ничего не умеете — учитесь.

5. И не забывайте, что к 2030 году появятся неизвестные прежде профессии.

Speech Activities

Ex 1. Learn the patterns. Pay attention to their structure and use them in your own sentences. 

I wish I were a sociologist.

Я хочу стать социологом.

The more skills — the better.

Чем больше умений, тем лучше.

Ex. 2. They say that to choose a profession is not an easy thing. Prove that it is so. Who helped you to make the right decision.

Ex 3. Now let’s have a round table and talk about different pro­fessions and jobs. A person taking part in our talk will give reasons why he (she) wants to choose this or that profession.

Ex 4. Reread the text and speak about the profession you like best. Give your arguments why it is so. The following phrases may be useful: 

In my opinion …

To my mind …

I agree that …

I can’t agree that …

It’s a well-known fact that …

I fully (absolutely) agree that …

Ex 5. Comment on the following saying: «All things are diffi­cult before they are easy». How do you understand it?

Text 2

The Way I Study Sociology

Ex 1. Before reading the text look up the following words in the dictionary:

A freshman = a first-year student, to major in = to specialize in, to admit, to make up one’s mind, a research worker, eventually, to enter, faculty, science, behaviour, syllabus.

Ex. 2. Match the English and Russian equivalents for the fol­lowing words and word combinations:

Let me introduce myself; as they say it in America; I am doing sociology; let alone some other things; I take a special liking to history; it was shortly before leaving school; to take up sociology seriously; whether I will make a very good teacher.

Получится ли из меня очень хороший учитель; как говорят в Америке; не говоря уже о других предметах; разрешите представиться; я изучаю социологию; незадолго до окончания школы; мне особенно нравится история; заняться изучением социологии серьезно.

Read the text and say what perspectives the profession of a sociologist provides you with.

Let me introduce myself: I am Sasha Ivanov, a student at Yan-ka Kupala Grodno State University. Now I am a freshman, as they say it in America, and I am doing sociology in the Faculty of histo­ry and sociology. I take a full course of the History of Sociology and the Introduction into Sociology, let alone some other things. I must say I take a special liking to the subjects in which I am going to major (specialize). I must admit Social Studies was my favour­ite subject at school. I was also fond of reading historical novels describing life, culture and political events in different countries of the world. And it was shortly before leaving school that I made up my mind to enter this faculty and take up sociology seriously as my future profession.

You know sociology is a science that studies the nature and growth of society and social behaviour of people in it. There are many subjects in our syllabus connected with social studies: the introduction into so­ciology, the history of sociology, etc.

The profession of a sociologist is quite varied. The graduates of our Faculty can work as teachers and research workers at secondary and higher schools, educational establishments, companies, firms, etc. Many of them have become well-known scientists or have chosen pub­lic activity as their career.

Whether I will make a very good teacher or a research worker, or become successful in some other field of social life remains to be seen6. But I’m sure that eventually I will become quite knowledgeable in the field of sociology and social sciences. 

Vocabulary Focus

Ex 1. Find in the text the English equivalents for the following words:

Факультет истории и социологии, слушать полный курс, увлекаться, связанный с, выпускники, средние школы, высшие школы, образовательные учреждения, вполне подготовленный.

Ex 2. Fill in the right word:

syllabus (syllabi), curriculum (curricula)

1. A … is a plan that states exactly what students at a school or college should learn in a particular subject.

2. A … is the subjects that are taught by a school, college, etc, or the things that are studied in a particular subject.

3. Has computer studies been introduced into the school …?

4. Dickens and Hardy are on this year’s English… .

graduate from, finish (leave) school

1. At what age did you … school?

2. When did your friend … from the University?

3. Every year many young people … from our college.

4. What did you do after you … the medical school?

study, learn, teach

1. I want to … to play tennis.

2. Who … you English last year?

3. What subjects do you … in your 1st year?

4. «Your homework for tomorrow is: to … the grammar material and to … the new words», said the teacher.

5. He … this historical document very well.

6. In learning a foreign language it is necessary to … systematically.

7. We often … the texts by heart.

8. I usually … in the morning.

9. Did you … French or German at school?

10. Which is more difficult: to … or to …?

11. She … her friends the new game.

12. Will you teach me how to swim?

13. He … his lessons quickly.

14. My teacher … me English.

15. Susan wanted to learn … to drive.

Ex 3. Find another way of expressing the parts in italics. Con­sult the text.

1. Let me tell you how I study sociology.

2. I am a student of the Moscow University. Now I am in myfirst year.

3. Besides other subjects I take a course of world history.

4. I like my special subject very much.

5. After finishing school I decided to become a college student.

6. English was the subject he liked best at school.

7. I am sure my sister will finally become a good teacher.

Ex 4. Fill in the correct prepositions:

1. We are going to major … the humanities.

2. Eventually my brother made … his mind to enter … the university.

3. At school he took a special liking … world culture.

4. We made … our minds to take … sport seriously.

5. When did your sister graduate .college?

Oral Speech Practice

Ex 1. Supply answers to the following questions:

1. What is your name?

2. Are you a first-year or a second-year student?

3. What faculty are you in?

4. You take a full course of sociology at the University, don’t you?

5. What courses of history do you take?

6. Do you study other subjects?

7. What was your favourite subject at school?

8. Why did you make up your mind to enter this faculty?

9. Which do you want to become: a teacher of social sciences or a research worker after graduating from university?

10. Are you sure you will make a good specialist?

11. Why have you chosen sociology as your future speciality?

Ex 2. Find in the text and read out the information about your future profession (career perspectives etc) that was unknown to you before reading the text.

Ex. 3. Say something about your entrance examinations.

The words you may need: to take three examinations (centralized tests), the history of Belarus, Russian (the Russian language), Belarus-sian (the Belarussian language), Social Studies (Human, society and state), to do well in, to pass the exams successfully (успешно), to fail, many applicants (абитуриенты), to be admitted to (быть принятым в).

Ex 4. Make up an oral presentation about your future profes­sion. Make use of the following plan.

1. Introduce yourself.

2. Speak about the importance of making the right choice about your future career (what you have to think about, who helped you to make the choice, etc).

3. There are different professions to choose from (…).

4. Speak about the most important factors for you in making or keeping a job.

5. Describe the profession of a sociologist (what kind of science sociology is, speak about your entrance exams, what kind of profes­sion/job it is, what opportunities it gives you). 

UNIVERSITY STUDIES

Discuss the following quotation in pairs:

Light is better than darkness, knowledge is better than ignorance. So what’s your choice?

Find the following words in the dictionary:

An academic session (year), a college, studies, Dean, the Dean’s office, a lecture (on), to lecture (in), a lecturer, a lecture room, a term (semester), a term (course)-paper, a credit-test, a theme, archaeology, sources and literature, a department, a foreign language, a gym, a hostel (dormitory), a canteen, to take (pass) an examination (in), to be admit­ted to, to fail (in) the examination, to attend classes (lectures, seminars, tutorials), a seminar (on/in), to miss classes, to have a history class (a Latin class), to present a course (term)-paper, to make a report (on), to read (prepare) for an exam, to get an excellent (good, satisfactory bad) mark in (for), after (before) classes, classes finish (are over), to work at (one’s English, history, a problem), to make notes (of), to do one’s home­work (lessons), in class.

Vocabulary Drill

Ex. 1. Match the definitions: 

1) a lecture       

a) one of the groups of people working together to form part of a large organisation such as a hospital, university, or company;                                                                                                                                              

2) a credit

b) somewhere where people, especially people living away from home, can stay and eat cheaply;                                                      

3) a term

c) a place in a factory, school, etc. where meals are provided, usually quite cheaply;                                    

4) a hostel

d) a successfully completed part of a course at a university or college;                                                    

5) a tutorial

e) a period of teaching and discussion with a tutor, especially in a British university;                                    

6) a seminar

f) a long talk given to a group of people on a particular subject, especially as a method of teaching in universities;                                                                

7) a report

g) one of the periods that the university year is divided into;                                                                          

8) a department

h) a class in which a small group of students meet to study or talk about a particular subject;                          

9) a canteen

i) a written or spoken description of a situation or event, giving people the information they need.                                                                 

Ex. 2. Render the expressions in brackets in English:

1. I began this (учебный год) as a student of Grodno State Univer­sity. 2. It was only ago that I (сдал свой последний экзамен). 3. I (сдал экзамены) successfully and (был принят) to the university. 4. Then the (декан) of the Faculty took the floor. 5. He spoke about the subjects we were to study and various (кафедрах) of the faculty. 6. He expressed hope that we should attend all the (лекции, семинары, практические). 7. Each year we must (представлять курсовую работу) to our scientific adviser and (делать доклады) in class on different themes. 8. In June, for instance, I will (готовиться к экзамену) in ar­chaeology, ancient history. 9. Our English teacher says we must (работать над языком) very hard.

Ex 3. Answer the questions:

1. What can students do in the canteen?

2. Do you attend your lectures? What do you do at them?

3. What are students supposed to do at the seminar?

4. You often work at the library, don’t you? Describe how you work there.

5. Why can students fail in an examination?  

Use the prompts:

At the Lecture

to listen to the lecturer, to take notes, to ask questions, to write, to put down 

At the Seminar

to speak on the subject, to make a report, to take part in the discus­sion, to ask questions, to add to what was said by the previous speaker, to ask the teacher to explain, to clear up

At the Library

to read books recommended by the teachers of History, to look through newspapers and magazines, to make notes, to prepare for

In the Canteen

to have one’s meals (breakfast, lunch, dinner, supper), to eat, to drink, to have a bite, to take coffee (tea, milk, juice, sandwiches, bread and butter, fish, meat, vegetables, fruit)

Ex 4. Read aloud the following sentences paying attention to the pronunciation of the different homonyms of ‘present’:

1. Open the brackets putting the verbs in Present Simple or Continuous.

2. We usually present our course-papers at the end of the term.

3. As for me, New Year’s Day is associated with getting a lot of presents.

4. Is anyone absent in your group today? — No, all are present.

Ex 5. Match the expressions in the left column with the collo­cated expressions in the right column: 

to be admitted to

to read for

to attend

to make

to present

 to pass

to take

to fail

classes

lectures

seminars

tutorials

a report on

the university

an examination

notes of

a course-paper

Make up your own sentences with the expressions.

Ex 6. Make the right choice:

to take (exams), to pass (exams)

1. They say the History of Sociology is very difficult. Do you think you’ll … ?

2. I … my driving test first time.

3. I had to … my driving test three times before I finally ….

4. I … the entrance exams successfully and was admitted to the university.

5. How many times did you have to … this credit?

6. You can … a credit only five times, then you’re going to be expelled.

7. My folk say if I … my exams successfully, they’ll buy me a car.

to take (notes), to make (notes)

1. … a note of how much money you spend.

2. She … good notes of everything that’s said in class.

3. Did you … notes of the lecture? — Certainly. I missed the lecture, but I copied up the notes.

4. Are you prepared for the seminar? — I read the book and … some notes.

Ex. 7. Insert the correct preposition:

1. Tomorrow there’ll be a lecture … the Sociology of Culture.

2. Who is going to lecture … Applied Statistics in Sociology?

3. When are we going to have a seminar … Methods of Teaching Sociology — Next week.

4. I passed the exams well and was admitted … this faculty.

5. How many students failed … the test?

6. Each year we must present a course paper to our scientific ad­viser and make reports … historical themes.

7. It’s a very tough job to read … exams. It’s much easier to pre­pare … exams.

8. The majority of students got satisfactory marks … the test.

9. What do you usually do … the lectures ? — We take notes . them. 

Text 3

At the College

Read the text and say what subject the author made up his mind to study as his future speciality.

I began this academic session as a student of the Teachers’ Train­ing College. I am in the History Faculty in my first year. It was only a week ago that I took my last examination. It was an English one in which I did very well.

So I passed all the exams successfully and was admitted to the college. Many applicants failed and some were admitted to the evening department.

When at school, I thought to enter the sciences, but then I changed my mind (изменить решение) and decided to take up history. I must say the first day at the college was unforgettable. We gathered in the Assembly Hall where the Rector congratulated us on the beginning of the session and wished us success (пожелать успеха) in our academic life. Then the Dean of the Faculty, Doctor of History took the floor (взять слово). Не spoke about the subjects we were to study and vari­ous departments of the faculty. He expressed hope that we should at­tend all the lectures, tutorials and seminars. Each year we must present a course paper to our scientific adviser (guide) and make reports in class on historical themes. At the end of each term we will take several examinations and credit-tests. In June, for instance, I will read for my exams in archaeology, ancient history, Latin, Russian history (the peri­od of feudalism) and English.

As regards (что касается) English they will teach us not only to read and translate historical documents and literature but to speak Eng­lish as well. Our English teacher says we must work at the language very hard.

After the inside tour of the college (осмотрев помещения колледжа) which we made, following the meeting, my friends and I went to the hostel. I am sure I’ll enjoy my studies (получу удовольствие, занимаясь) at the college.

Answer the questions on the text:

1. What was the author’s last exam? How did he pass it?

2. What college was he admitted to?

3. Did the author want to study sciences or history at school?

4. Did he like his first day at the college? Why?

5. What must every student do to pass the exams and credits?

6. What did the author do after the inside tour of the college? 

DIALOGUES

Ex. 1. Match the expressions in the left column with their Rus­sian equivalents in the right column:

Hallo!

It’s nice to see you.

(I am) glad to meet you.

How are you?

причина

Молодец!

Не стыдно?

Так тебе и надо!

to be well

by the way

I wonder why.

a roommate

a classmate

No wonder.

Good for him!

to get through one’s exam

I was most fortunate 

For shame! 

It serves you right. 

reason 

to be frank with you 

in general 

You don’t say so!

вообще

откровенно говоря

Не может быть! (Что вы говорите!)

Мне очень повезло.

выдержать экзамен

Неудивительно.

товарищ по группе

товарищ по комнате

Интересно (знать), почему.

между прочим

быть здоровым, хорошо себя чувствовать

Как поживаете?

Рад тебя (вас) видеть.

Привет!

Dialogue 1 

Ex 2. Read the following dialogue and say between whom the conversation is taking place: 

— Hallo, Bob! Glad to meet you? 

— Hallo, Pete. It’s nice to see you. How are you? 

— Thank you. Fine. Hope you are well too. By the way, I saw Vic­tor, your roommate, this morning. He looks very happy. I wonder why. 

— No wonder. He did well in his exams. 

— Good for him! And what about you? Did you get through? 

— No, I was most unfortunate. I failed in history. 

— Failed? You don’t say so. What’s the reason? 

— To be frank with you, I missed lectures rather often and some­times didn’t attend seminars. In general I didn’t work hard enough. 

— For shame! It serves you right. It’ll be a good lesson for you. 

Ex 3. Fill in the gaps and translate the expressions in brackets: 

— Hallo, Mike! … to meet you 

— It’s nice to … you, too. How … you? 

— Thank you. Fine. Hope you are … too. By……. , I saw your (товарища по комнате) the other day. He looks very happy. I wonder why. 

— … wonder. He did well … his exams. 

— Good … him! And what about you? Did you get … ? 

— No, I … in maths. 

— You don’t say so! What’s the …? 

— To be … with you, I … lectures rather often and didn’t … semi­nars. … general I didn’t work hard enough.

— … shame! It … you right. It’ll be a good lesson for you.

Ex. 4. Match the expressions in the left column with their Rus­sian equivalents in the right column:

normally (generally)

a hot dish

juice

to be hungry

to be thirsty

to have a bite

to take something for (breakfast)

перекусить

хотеть пить, испытывать жажду

брать что-л. на (завтрак)

обычно

горячее блюдо

хотеть есть, испытывать голод

сок

Dialogue 2

Ex 5. Read the dialogue and say where the conversation is tak­ing place:

— Where do you usually go for lunch?

— Normally I have it here in the cafe.

— What does your lunch generally consist of?

— As a rule I take a hot dish and some juice or coffee, sometimes a cup of tea and sandwiches. But why are you asking me these eating questions? Are you hungry already?

— To be frank with you, I am.

— Well, let’s go and have a bite then.

Ex 6. Make up sentences according to the patterns, using the words listed below and ask questions to your partner:

1. Do you have breakfast at home or in the cafeteria?

2. 2. Where do you usually have breakfast?

3. At what time (when) do you generally have breakfast?

4. What do you have for breakfast?

Lunch, dinner, supper, tea, your meals, coffee, milk, juice, bread and butter, fish, meat, fruit.

Report what you’ve learned about your partner to your group-mates. Don’t forget about adding-s(es) in the third person singular Present Simple.

Ex 7. Put the phrases of the dialogue in the right order:

— As a rule, I drop in a cafe to have a bite. I usually take a sandwich and a cup of tea. And what do you prefer to have for lunch?

— O.K. Sounds great.

— By the way, it’s pretty hot in here. I’m getting thirsty.

— Where do you normally have lunch? 

— Well, let’s go to the canteen and have something to drink, then, shall we?

— My lunch generally consists of a hot dish (fish or meat and fried potatoes, for example), or if I’m thirsty I just take some juice, that’s all.

— In general if I’m hungry I go to the university canteen. And what about you?

Ex 8. Using the prompts make up dialogues of your own and act them out in class:

1) former schoolmates meet after their first day at the university;

2) two groupmates talk to each other on the eve of the examination period;

3) two groupmates are discussing their English classes;

4) some students are having a talk in the canteen;

5) some groupmates are admiring their college life;

6) some students are complaining about their university life.

The words you may need:

1) exciting, to gather, Assembly Hall, the Rector, the Dean, to ad­dress the freshmen, to congratulate us on the beginning of the academic year, to wish success, to make an inside tour, to have a look at, in the evening, a grand party;

2) at the end of each term, to take credit-tests and examinations, the history of Belarus, the Introduction into Sociology, to read (prepare, sit) for the exams, to pass, successfully, to get good and excellent marks;

3) as regards English, to work at the language very hard, to want to know the language, the reading-room, to do English lessons, to read and translate the text, to learn the new words, to study grammar, to learn dialogues by heart, to do various exercises, every evening;

4) to have meals (breakfast, lunch, dinner, supper) at home or in the canteen, what time, to take something for (lunch);

5) Dean, to lecture in, a credit-test, exams, to celebrate Students’ Day, a grand party, a lecture room;

6) too much homework, to make notes of, sources and literature.

Text 4

College Life

Ex 1. Before reading the text look up the following words in the dictionary:

A full-time student

A part-time student

Entrance exams

A professor

a monitor

a student membership

card

a student record book

a student library card

an applicant

a high academic

degree

a rector, a vice-rector

a dean, a subdean

Ex 2. Guess the meanings of the following words: 

Junior — having a low rank in an organisation or profession: a ju­nior student. 

Senior — having a higher position or rank: a senior lecturer, a se­nior student. 

Associate professor — a professor at an American university whose job is above the level of assistant professor and below the level of full professor. 

Assistant professor — the lowest rank of professor at an American university. 

Timetable — a list of the times of classes in a school, college, etc. 

Curriculum — the subjects that are taught by a school, college etc, or the things that are studied in a particular subject 

To play truant — to stay away from classes without permission. 

To cheat — to behave in an dishonest way, especially in an exami­nation. 

A crib — a book giving a translation or answers to questions, often used dishonestly by students. 

To cram — to prepare yourself for an examination by learning a lot of information very quickly. 

A postgraduate — someone who is studying after graduating from the university. 

An undergraduate — a student. 

To graduate with honours — to finish the university at a level that is higher than the most basic level. 

Graduation dissertation — a long research work that you do to grad­uate from the higher educational establishment. 

Finals — the exams that students are supposed to take at the end of their studies. 

Note that postgraduates often study for: an MA (Master of Arts), (I’m doing a Masters in English) or an MSc (Master of Science) (She did a Masters in biology) or a PhD (Doctor of Philosophy) (He’s got a PhD in computer science).

Ex 3. Choose the right word: 

1. (Full-time, part-time) students have their classes two months a year. 2. (An applicant, an undergraduate) is a person who is taking his or her entrance exams. 3. (A postgraduate, an undergraduate) is some­one who is studying for their high academic degree. 4. (A monitor, a tutor) usually hands out student membership cards. 5. To be admitted to the library you need a (a student record book, a library card). 6. Fresh­men are (junior, senior) students. 7. If you missed the lecture, it means that you (attended it, played truant). 8. If a person has only excellent marks in his or her record book, it means that he or she is going to (be expelled, graduate with honours). 9. If you cram while reading up for an exam, it means that you (learn everything thoroughly, make cribs). 

Ex 4. Study the following example of the appropriate transla­tion of sentences with the pronoun one in the function of the subject: 

One never knows what his answer may be. — Никогда не знаешь, что он ответит. 

One should be careful when crossing the street. — Следует быть осторожным при переходе через улицу. 

Suggest your own variant of translation of the following sen­tences: 

One must always keep one’s word. 

One must never cross the street when the traffic lights are red. 

Read the text and say what subject the author has chosen to major in. 

The merry-go-round of college life is something that one never forgets. It’s a fascinating, fantastic, fabulous experience, irrespective of the fact whether one is a full-time or a part-time student. 

Who can forget the first day at the university when one turns from an applicant who has passed entrance exams into a first-year student? I did it! I entered, I got in to the university! A solemn ceremony in front of the university building and serious people making speeches. Hey, lad, do you happen to know who they are? Who? The rector, vice-rectors, deans, subdeans… and what about those ladies? Heads of departments and sen­ior lecturers? Okay. Some of them must be professors, some — associate or assistant professors, but, of course, all of them have high academic degrees. And where are our lecturers and tutors? Oh, how nice… 

The monitors hand out student membership cards, student record books and library cards — one feels like a real person. First celebrations and then days of hard work. So many classes, so many new subjects to put on the timetable! The curriculum seems to be developed especially for geniuses. Lectures, seminars and tutorials. Home preparations; a real avalanche of homework! 

If one can not cope with the work load of college he or she imme­diately starts lagging behind. It is easier to keep pace with the programme than to catch up with it later. Everyone tries hard to be, or at least to look, diligent. First tests and examination sessions. The first successes and first failures. «I have passed!» or «He has not given me a pass!» Tears and smiles. And a long-awaited vacation. 

The merry-go-round runs faster. Assignments, written reproduc­tions, compositions, synopses, papers. Translations checked up and marked. «Professor, 1 have never played truant, I had a good excuse for missing classes.» Works handed in and handed out. Reading up for ex­ams. «No, professor, I have never cheated — no cribs. I just crammed.» 

Junior students become senior. Still all of them are one family -undergraduates. Students’ parties in the students’ club. Meeting people and parting with people. You know, Nora is going to be expelled and Dora is going to graduate with honours. Yearly essays, graduation dis­sertations, finals… 

What? A teacher’s certificate? You mean, I’ve got a degree in Eng­lish? I am happy! It is over! It is over…Is it over? Oh, no… 

A postgraduate course, a thesis, an oral, and a degree in Philology. The first of September. Where are the students of the faculty of foreign languages? Is it the English department? Oh, how nice… 

Text-based Activities

Ex. 1. Would you compare college life with a merry-go-round or with something else?

Ex 2. What do you think of the first months at the university?

Ex 3. They say that it is a poor soldier who does not want to become a general. Name the steps of the social ladder which a student must pass to climb up to the position of the rector. Use the words from the list below, placing one word on one step.

Dean, assistant lecturer, head of department, vice-rector, associate professor, assistant professor, subdean, professor, undergraduate, jun­ior student, senior student

I graduated with academic honours without ever meeting my professors ответы егэ 

Follow-up Activities

Ex 1. Identify the tense:

1. If you are ready, we will start at once. 2. If it snows tomorrow, we will stay at home. 3. Before she gets to the theatre, she’ll go past the shopping centre. 4. What will we do if it rains tonight? 5. What will she do if she sees her best friend again? 6. Will I see you before you start? 7. What will he do when he comes home? 8. He will ring me up when he returns home. 9. I’m sure he will come to say goodbye to us before he leaves St. Petersburg. 10. I won’t speak to him until he apologises. 11. Peter will introduce us to his friends as soon as we meet them.

Ex 2. Put the verbs in brackets in Present or Future Simple:

1. Before you (to cross) the park, you (to come) to a supermarket. 2. When you (to cross) the park, you (to see) the hospital. 3. If you (to translate) this article into Russian, I (to use) it in my report. 4. If she (to be) in St. Petersburg now, she (to meet) you at the railway station. 5. If you (not to hurry), you (to miss) the train. 6. If it (to rain), we (not to go) to the country. 7. When my friend (to come) to St. Petersburg, we (to go) to the Russian Museum. 8. I (to be able) to translate this article if you (to give) me a dictionary. 9. You (to have) to work hard at home if you (to miss) the lesson. 10. Where you (to go) when you (to come) to London? 11. The child (not to be) healthy if you (not to give) him much fruit. 12. I (not to have) dinner before mother (to come) home. 13. What you (to do) if you (not to finish) your homework tonight? 14. What he (to do) if his TV set (to break)? 15. If I (to stay) some more days in your town, I (to call) on you and we (to have) a good talk. 16. He (to go) to the Public Library very often when he (to be) a student. 17. As soon as I (to return) from school, I (to ring) you up. 18. You (to pass) many towns and villages on your way before you (to arrive) in Moscow. 19. I (to stay) at home till she (to come). Then we (to go) to the theatre if she (to bring) tickets. 20. After I (to finish) school, I (to enter) the Universi­ty. 21. When he (to return) to St. Petersburg, he (to call) on us. 22. If I (to see) him, I (to tell) him about their letter. 23. We (to gather) at our place when my brother (to come) back from Africa. 24. I (to sing) this song with you if you (to tell) me the words. 25. I hope you (to join) us when we (to gather) in our country house next time. 26. What you (to do) when you (to come) home? 27. When they (to cross) the road? they (to see) the hotel.

Ex. 3. Match the name of the subject with its Russian equiva­lent:

the History of Sociology

the Introduction into Sociology

Applied Statistics in Sociology

the Sociology of Marriage and Family

Methods of Sociological Research

the Sociology of Governing

the Sociology of Labour

the Sociology of Education

Sociological National Schools

the Sociology of Mass Media

and communication

Methods of Teaching Sociology

the Sociology of the Personality

the Sociology of Science

the Sociology of Politics

the Sociology of Economics

the Sociology of Conflict

the Sociology of Youngsters

Theoretical Sociology

the Sociology of Advertising

the Sociology of Culture

Gender Sociology

the Sociology of Public Relations

the Sociology of the City

the Sociology of the Cinema

Социология образования

Социология культуры

Гендерная социология

Социология Public Relations

Социология города

Социология кино

Социология образования

Методология и методы социол. исслед.

Социология личности

Методика преподавания социологии

Социология науки

Социология политики

Социология экономики

Введение в социологию

Социология молодежи

Социология рекламы

Социология культуры

Социология управления

Социология труда

Социологические национальные школы

Социология СМИ и коммуникаций

История социологии

Прикладная статистика в социологии

Социология конфликта

Ex. 4. Divide the titles of the subjects mentioned above into two columns (those with the definite article and those with no article) and explain the usage of articles before the names of subjects.

Ex. 5. Get acquainted with the university syllabus and say what subjects you are going to study in the course of your studies: 

1st year — the History of Sociology, the Introduction into Sociology.

2nd year — the History of Sociology, Applied Statistics in Sociolo­gy, the Sociology of Marriage and Family, Theoretical Sociology.

3rd year — Methods of Sociological Research, the Sociology of Governing, the Sociology of Labour, the Sociology of Education, So­ciological national schools, the Sociology of Mass Media and commu­nication.

4th year — Methods of Sociological Research, Methods of Teaching Sociology, the Sociology of the Personality, the Sociology of Science, the Sociology of Politics, the Sociology of Economics, the Sociology of Con­flict, the Sociology of Youngsters, the Sociology of Advertising.

5th year — the Sociology of Education, the Sociology of Culture, Gender Sociology, the Sociology of Public Relations, the Sociology of the City, the Sociology of the Cinema.

Model. When I’m in my 1st year, I’ll study the History of Sociolo­gy and the Introduction into Sociology. 

Ex 6. Make up an oral presentation university. Make use of the following plan. 

1. Introduce yourself. 

2. Say a few words about your university: say what it is called, speak about its faculties and their specializations.

3. Speak about your entrance exams. Say how well you passed them.

4. Describe your first day at the university.

5. Speak about your studies at the university (how they are organ­ized, what subjects you study etc.).

6. Say what future perspectives the profession of a sociologist pro­vides you with (what kind of science sociology is, what kind of profes­sion/job it is, what opportunities it gives you).

Here is the list of words you have learnt so far:

an academic session (year)

to make a report (on)

a college

to read (prepare) for an exam

studies

to get an excellent (good, satisfactory

Dean

bad) mark in (for)

the Dean’s office

after (before) classes

a lecture (on)

classes finish (are over)

to lecture (in)

to work at (one’s English, history,

a lecturer

a problem)

a lecture room

to make/take notes (of)

a term (semester)

to do one’s homework (lessons)

a term (course)-paper

in class

a credit-test

Hallo!

a theme

It’s nice to see you.

archaeology

(I am) glad to meet you.

sources and literature

How are you?

a department

to be well

a foreign language

by the way

a gym

I wonder why.

a hostel (dormitory)

a roommate

a canteen

a classmate

to take (pass) an examination (in)

No wonder.

to be admitted to

Good for him!

to fail (in) the examination

to get through one’s exam

to attend classes (lectures, seminars, tutorials)

I was most fortunate

a seminar (on/in)

You don’t say so!

to miss classes

For shame!

to have a history class (a Latin class)

It serves you right.

to present a course (term)-paper

reason

to be frank with you

A crib

in general

To cram

normally (generally)

A postgraduate

a hot dish

To graduate with honours

juice

Graduation dissertation

to be hungry

To play truant

to be thirsty

the History of Sociology

to have a bite

Applied Statistics in Sociology

to take something for (breakfast)

the Introduction into Sociology

A full-time student

the Sociology of Marriage and Family

a monitor

the Sociology of Education

an applicant

Methods of Sociological Research

A part-time student

the Sociology of Governing

a student membership card

the Sociology of Labour

a high academic degree

Theoretical Sociology

Entrance exams

Sociological National Schools

a student record book

the Sociology of the Cinema

a rector

Methods of Teaching Sociology

a vice-rector

the Sociology of the Personality

A professor

the Sociology of Science

a student library card

the Sociology of Politics

a dean

the Sociology of Economics

a subdean

the Sociology of Conflict

Junior

the Sociology of Youngsters

Senior

the Sociology of Advertising

Associate professor

the Sociology of Culture

Assistant professor

Gender Sociology

Timetable

the Sociology of Public Relations

Curriculum

the Sociology of the City

To cheat

the Sociology of Mass Media and

Finals

communication

GRAMMAR EXERCISES

Present Forms

A.

I. The verb «to be» in the Present Simple Tense

Ex. 1. Put in am, is or are.

1. The sky is very blue today. 2. I______not tired. 3. This shelf________very heavy. 4. These shelves______ very heavy. 5. The child______ sleep. 6. Look! This______ Mabel. 7. I______ cold. Can you shut the window, please? 8. The castle_______ one thousand years old. 9. My brother and I________good tennis players. 10. Amy_____ at home but her parents_____ in church. 11. I______ a student. 12. My sister_______ an archeologist.

Ex 2. Write full sentences. Use am / is / are each time.

1. (my grandparents / very old) My grandparents are very old.

2. (my desk / very comfortable) ____________________________

3. (your spectacles/ in your bag)____________________________

4. (I / not very clever today)      ____________________________

5. (this house/ very expensive)   ____________________________

6. (the shops / not open today)   ____________________________

7. (Mr. Wren’s grandson / six years old)_______________________

8. (the houses in this street/ very big)   _______________________

9. (the examination / not difficult)__________________________

10. (those flowers / very beautiful)__________________________

Ex 3. Write positive or negative sentences. Use am /am not / is / isn’t / are / aren’t.

1. (Brussels…the capital of Belgium) Brussels is the capital of Belgium.

2. (I…interested in hockey) I’m not interested in hockey.

3. (I.. .angry)____________________________

4. (It…cold today)________________________

5. (The Hague…in Switzerland)______________

6. (I…afraid of dogs)______________________

7. (My hands…dirty)_______________________

8. (Russia…a very big country)_______________

9. (The Amur…in Europe)___________________

10. (Diamonds…cheap)____________________

11. (Motor-racing… a dangerous sport)__________

12. (Squirrels…big animals)__________________

Ex 4. Write questions with What/ Who / How / Where / Why…? Use am / is /are.

1. (What colour your house?) What colour is your house?

2. (Where my key?)________________________________ ?

3. (Where my trousers?)_____________________________ ?

4. (How old your grandmother?)_______________________ ?

5. (What colour his hair?)____________________________ ?

6. (How much these shoes?)__________________________ ?

7. (Who your favourite actor?)________________________ ?

8. (Why you always late?)____________________________ ?

Ex 5. Ask questions. (Read the answers to the questions first)

1. (his name?) What’s his name?

Robert.

2. (single or married?) Are you single or married?

I’m single.

3. (British?) ________________________________

No, I’m not.

4. (where / from?)  ___________________________

From Australia.

5. (how old?)________________________________

I’m 18.

6. (a student?)_______________________________

No, I’m a secretary.

7. (your mother a teacher?)____________________

No, she’s a lawyer.

8. (where/from?)_____________________________

She’s Italian.

9. (her name?)______________________________

Rachel.

10. (how old?)______________________________

She’s 40.

II. The verb «to have» in the Present Simple Tense.

Ex 1. Put in have got (‘ve got), has got (‘s got), haven’t got or hasn’t got.

1. They like flowers. They_____ a lot of roses in their garden.

2. Jane_______ a car. She goes everywhere by bicycle.

3. Everybody likes Tom. He_____ a lot of friends.

4. Mr. and Mrs. Eastwood_____ two children, a boy and a girl.

5. An insect______ six legs.

6. I can’t open the door. I________ a key.

7. Quick! Hurry! We________ much time.

8. «What’s wrong?» — «I_________ something in my eye».

9. Ben doesn’t read much. He________ many books.

10. It’s a nice town. It_______ a very nice shopping centre.

11. Mother is going to the dentist. She________ toothache.

12. «Where’s my newspaper?» — «I don’t know. I__________ it».

13. Julia wants to go on holiday but she_________ any money.

14. I’m not going to work today. I_________ a bad cold.

Ex. 2. Write questions.

1. (you/ a bicycle?) Have you got a bicycle?

2. (you/ a VCR?)_______________________

3. (your father/a car?)___________________

4. (Carol/many friends?)_________________

5. (Mr. and Mrs. Lewis/any children?)________

6. (how much money/you?)_______________

7. (what kind of car/John?)________________

III. The Simple Present Tense. Ex 1. Write the he/she/it forms.

Ex.1. Write the he/she/it forms. 

catch

run

stand

drink

write

push

come

cook

fetch

fix

watch

miss

read

touch

live

smoke

wish

start

+ -s comes___________________________________

+ -es catches___________________________________

Ex. 2. Write the following sentences in the 3rd person singular.

1. I think I am ill. 2. They often visit their granny. 3. We live in Leeds. 4. You usually speak too quickly. 5. Do you like boiled potatoes? 6. Good animals always obey their masters. 7. The boys box in the gym­nasium on Fridays. 8. His dogs always attack the neighbours. 9. Heavy trucks make a lot of noise. 

Ex. 3. Choose the correct answers.

Pattern: We/My friend always wear old clothes.

You /John always wears nice clothes.

1. We all / The boss thinks you’re wonderful.

2. I /Catherine want a new job.

3. Bread / Books costs a lot.

4. Andy / Andy and Pete sings very well.

5. Mary / Mary and Ian like parties.

6. You / She drive too fast.

7. Our cat / Our cats never catches mice.

8. That child / Children makes a lot of noise.

9. That bus / All those buses go to the station.

10. My father / My mother and father teaches

Ex 4. Change the following sentences into general questions:

Pattern: He makes testing at the laboratory.

Does he make testing at the laboratory?

1. He applies the new method for his investigation.

2. The subject compares the cards.

3. The psychologist rejects this idea.

4. She often works at the psychological laboratory.

5. The scientist applies new devices.

6. The investigator uses testing in his research.

7. He considers them to be right.

8. She gives instructions to the students.

9. He gradually achieves good progress in his studies.

10. She denies such hasty conclusions.

Ex 5. Make the following sentences negative:

Pattern: I consider him to be right.

I don’t consider him to be right.

1. I reject his position.

2. I make proper conclusions.

3. I apply his method for my experiments.

4. I specialize in engineering psychology.

5. I study the problem of group dynamics.

6. I compare the experimental data.

7. I use the latest data in my research..

8. I deny their approach.

9. I give instructions to the subjects.

10. I achieve good results on the basis of his method. 

Do you know all these question words? 

what when where who why how how much how many what time

What do you think? (not What think you?) Where does Lucy live? (not Where lives Lucy?

How much does this cost? (not How much this costs?

What time does the train leave? (not What time the train leaves?

Ex. 6. Choose the correct subject. 

Pattern: How much does the ticket cost? (the ticket /the tickets 

1. Where do____________ live? (your daughter /your children)

2. What time does__________ start? (the lesson / the lessons)

3. What do________ want? (you / the girl)

4. When does_________ finish? (the holidays / the holiday)

5. Why do________ talk so fast? (that woman / those women)

6. What do__________ think of the new boss? (you / she) 

Ex 7. Make questions. 

Pattern: Where / she live? Where does she live? 

1. What / you want?_________________________

2. What / this word mean?_____________________

3. What time / the film start?____________________

4. How much / those shoes cost?_________________

5. Why / she need money?_____________________

6. How / this camera work?____________________

7. Where / you buy your meat?__________________

8. Who / you want to see?______________________ 

Be careful when questions have long subjects — the word order does not change. 

Where does Ann live? 

Where does your other sister live?

Where does your sister’s old English teacher live?

(not Where lives your sister’s old English teacher? or Where docs live your...) 

Ex 8. Make questions. 

Pattern: The President and his wife live in Madrid, Where do the President and his wife live? 

1. Peter and Ann’s children play football on Saturdays.

When________________    

2. The film about skiing in New Zealand starts at 8.00.

What time__________________            

3. The second word in the first sentence means ‘kind’.

What_________________        

4. The man in the flat downstairs wants to change his job.

Why_________________

5. A ticket for Saturday’s concert costs €15.

How much_______________              

B. 

Ex 1. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Indefinite. 

1. Oscar Wilde and Bernard Shaw (be) the most witty British writers.

2. Fishermen often (tell) tales about their catches.

3. Their children (go) to a private school.

4. Little Amanda (collect) all sorts of toy-pigs.

5. My father (like) a lot of milk in his tea and a few lumps of sugar.

6. Anything that he (say) (be) worth listening to.

7. We usually (spend) our holidays in Spain.

8. My English friends (live) in a nice house that (stand) on a hill that (overlook) lake Winder-mere which (be) in the Lake District.

9. What this sentence (mean)?

10. I (live) in Tver, which (be) my native town.

11. My brother (sing) in Italian opera.

12. My sister (have) a good appetite and she always (eat) heartily.

13. Let’s go outside. It (be) terribly hot in the house.

14. What you (see) over there?

15. In England the traffic (keep) to the left but on the Continent it (keep) to the right.

16. This map (be) the largest that we (have).

17. They often (come) to see me in my town house.

18. The twittering of birds in the trees in spring (be) a pleasant sound.

Ex. 2. Put the verb in brackets into the correct form. 

Pattern: The lecture begins at 10 o’clock. 

How many languages do you speak (you/speak)?

1. What time___________ (the museums/open) in St. — Petersburg?

2. I have a bike but I____________________ (not/use) it very often.

3. How many cups of tea________________ (you/drink) a day?

4. «What______________ (you/do)?» — «I am a chemical engineer».

5. «Where (your father/come) from?» — «He (come) from Minsk».

6. If you need help, why___________________ (you/not/ask) for it?

7. I________________ (play) the guitar, but I (not/play) very well.

8. I don’t understand the word «maintain». What «main-tain»____________ (mean)?

Ex 3. Expand the following into sentences in order to make true statements with doesn’t or don’t where necessary. 

Pattern: Water boils at 100 °C.

Rice doesn’t grow on trees.

1) water / boil / at 100 °C. 

2) nice / grow / on trees. 

3) chicks / hatch / from eggs 

4) kangaroos / live / in Spain 

5) plants / need / water to grow 

6) rain / fall / from clouds 

7) astronauts / travel / in submarines 

8) cows / lay / eggs 

9) pandas / live / in Italy 

10) elephants / eat / meat 

11) fish / walk / on land 

12) the sun / set / in the east 

13) bees / give milk 

14) caterpillars / turn / into butterflies 

15) wool / come / from sheep

Ex. 4. This time you have to read some sentences and correct them. The English is correct but the information is wrong. Write two correct sentences each time.

Pattern: The sun goes round the earth. The sun doesn’t go round the earth. The earth goes round the sun.

1. The sun rises in the west.______________________________

2. Mice catch cats._____________________________________

3. Carpenters make things from metal.______________________

4. The River Amazon flows into the Pacific Ocean._____________

Ex 5. Now you have to use these sentences to make questions. Begin your question with the word(s) in brackets. 

Pattern: Tom plays tennis. (How often?) How often does Tom play tennis? 

I get up in the morning. (What time/usually?) What time do you usually get up?

1. Ann watches television. (How often?)_____________________

2. I write to my parents. (How often?)_______________________

3. I have dinner in the evening? (What time/usually?)____________

4. Tom works. (Where?)__________________________________

5. I go to the cinema. (How often?)__________________________

6. People do stupid things. (Why?)__________________________

7. The car breaks down. (How often?)_______________________

Present Continuous

A.

Ex. 1. Make present progressive sentences.

Pattern: Ann / read / the newspaper? Ann is reading the newspaper.

1. The baby / cry / again.____________________

2. It / snow / again._________________________

3. You / look / very beautiful today.____________

4. Your coffee / get / cold.____________________

5. I / play / a lot of football this year.____________

6. We / wait / for a phone call.______________________________

7. Chris and Helen / spend / a week in France._________________

8. The students / make an experiment.______________________

9. John / interview the subjects._____________________________

10. They / watch the testing process._________________________

11. Mary /solve a problem._______________________________

12. She / register the students’ answers._______________________

13. The student / copy the experimental data.__________________

14. The subject / perform a task.___________________________

15. The scientist / compare the data._________________________

16. He / investigate sense-data._____________________________

Ex 2. Make present continuous negative sentences.

Pattern: Mother is talking on the phone. (sleep) She isn’t sleeping.

1. John is standing. (lie down)           __________________________

2. Father is shaving. (wash)               __________________________

3. The boys are playing. (fight)         __________________________

4. We are dancing. (jump)                 __________________________

5. They are speaking. (shout)            __________________________

6. Mary is running. (walk)                  __________________________

7. I am eating. (drink)                      __________________________

8. The teacher is speaking. (read)_____________________________

Ex 3. Answer the questions using the words in brackets.

Pattern: Are you drawing? (write a story) — No. I’m not. I’m writ­ing a story.

1. Is he writing a letter? (watch television)_______________________

2. Are you reading Byron’s poems? (learn them by heart)___________

3. Is Dad smoking in his study? (read a newspaper)________________

4. Are they listening to the radio? (talk with a friend)_______________

5. Are you hurrying to work? (go home)________________________

6. Is Joan playing the piano? (listen to a concert)_________________

7. Are you working at your essay? (write a film script)______________

8. Is she washing up? (cook)_________________________________

Ex. 4. Answer the questions using the words in brackets.

1. Is Jerry very busy just now? (finish his work)___________________

2. Are the students very busy just now? (perform a task)____________

3. Is Susan very busy just now? (have breakfast)_________________

4. Are the Greens very busy just now? (shop)____________________

5. Is Miss Black very busy just now? (sew)______________________

6. Is Jane very busy just now? (wash up)________________________

7. Is Henry very busy just now? (skate)_________________________

8. Are the girls very busy just now? (rehearse)____________________

Ex. 5. Complete the text with verbs from the boxes.

I graduated with academic honours without ever meeting my professors ответы егэ 

And Mrs. Alexander ►is coming down the steps of the plane now. It is very cold and it 1)____________ heavily, but she 2)___________ very happy. She 3)___________ a dark blue dress with a black coat and boots, but she 4)_________ a hat. She really is a very beautiful woman. Her husband 5)__________ down the steps with her.

I graduated with academic honours without ever meeting my professors ответы егэ 

Now Mrs. Alexander and her husband 6)___________at the crowd and smiling. The photographers 7)________ to get nearer, but the police are 8)____________ them. What a day! At last, after twenty years, this wonderful woman 9) to her own country. Now the President 10)________ her hand. What 11)________ he________ to her, do you think?

Present Continuous vs. Present Simple

A-B. 

Ex 1. Say whether the underlined verbs are right. Correct those which are wrong. 

Pattern:  I don’t go there often. RIGHT. 

Please don’t interrupt. He talks sense. WRONG — is talking

1. Look! Someone is coming up to the back door.____________

2. Do you talk about my book? I hope you like it.____________

3. Are you believing in ghosts?___________________________

4. Listen! Somebody tries to start the car.__________________

5. He always goes there in the springtime.___________________

6. I’m thinking he is a good chap.__________________________

7. The people are worried that the traffic is increasing._________

8. We’re usually going to Hampton by train.__________________

Ex 2. Put the verbs in brackets into Present Indefinite and Present Continuous. 

I. 

1. Mr. Smith (teach) us at present. He (substitute) for Mr. Reese, who (be) our regular teacher.

2. «I (go) to visit Peter tonight. He (leave) tomorrow morning». -«He (come) back the same day?» — «I (not/know)».

3. John often (stay) in a hotel when he (come) to town, but tonight he (stay) with us.

4. The fourth class always (meet) on the 18th floor, but our class (meet) on the 17th floor. However, since they (paint) our regular class­room now, we (go) to meet in the club-room today.

5. «Nick (leave) today». — «What train he (take) for his journey?» -«He (catch) the 5.50 train».

6. The mechanic (repair) my car today. So I must go to work by the underground.

7. «You/write) him tonight?» — «Yes, I always (write) him on his birthday. You (want) to send any message?» — «Certainly».

8. John (say) he (leave) for Chicago on the fifteenth.

9. I (go) to the seaside on my holiday. 

10. My brother (come) to see me next week.

11. Whenever I (call) at the Smiths’ home, they (play) cards. I really (think) they (play) every night. 

12. Jack (make) at least ten spelling errors in every lesson.

II. 

1. A. Where (be) Andrew? 

B. He (smoke) on the terrace. 

A. I (think) he (smoke) too much. 

B. Yes, he (be) a chain-smoker. 

2. A. What (be) this music? 

B. It (be) Ann. She (play) the piano. 

3. A. You (come) with us? 

B. I’d love to come. Where you (go)? 

A. We (drive) to the Lake District. 

B. You (take) the children along? 

A. No, we (leave) them with our parents. 

B. You (mind) if I (bring) my dog? 

A. No. 

4. A. Mike (come) tonight? 

B. No, he (work) hard at present. 

A. What he (do)? 

B. He (read up) for his examinations. 

A. But it (be) Saturday. I (be) sure he (not/go) to take his examination on Sunday. 

B. No, but he (say) he (meet) his girl-friend on Sunday, and the examination (be) on Monday, so he (have) only tonight for his studies.

Ex 3. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form of the present continuous or the present simple. 

1. A: Where’s James? 

B: He is/’s playing (play) football in the garden right now.

2. A: Bill (dance) very well.

B: Yes, he’s a good singer, too.

3. A: Lucy is very busy. 

B: Yes. She (work) very hard these days.

4. A: What (you/do) on Saturdays?

В: I clean the house and go shopping.

5. A: Why (you/pack) your suitcase? 

B: Because I (fly) to Paris tomorrow morning.

6. A: Fred (not/know) how to swim.

B: That’s because he’s only three.

7. A: Max looks very fit. 

B: Yes. He (take) a lot of exercise these days.

Ex 4. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form of the present continuous or the present simple. 

Charlie Foster 1) works (work) at a bakery. He 2)_____________ (always/get up) very early because he 3)____________ (start) work at four o’clock every morning. Charlie 4)_________ (not/be) at work this morning. At the moment he 5)_____ (pack) a suitcase because he 6)_______ (go) on holiday today. Charlie 7)__________ (sing) to himself. He’s very happy. Right now he 8)_________________ (look for) his aeroplane tickets. Where are they? He can’t find them. There they are; under his bed! Charlie 9) _______ (call) a taxi now. His plane 10)____________ (leave) in an hour. Where 11)_______ (leave) (Charlie/go)? To Hawaii!

Ex 5. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form of the present continuous or the present simple. 

Dear Martin, 

How are you and Sally? I 1) hope (hope) you’re well. I 2)___________ (write) to give you some good news. I have got a summer job for the holidays! 3)________ (repair) telephone lines for a telephone company. I 4)_______ (usually/ride) my bicycle to work because it’s only a ten minute ride from home. We 5)___________ (start) work at 8:30. We 6) ______ (finish) at 4:30 on Mondays to Thursdays, but at 2:30 on Fridays, so I 7)________ (have) long weekends. I 8)__________ (work) very hard at the moment. To tell you the truth, I 9)_________ (be) a bit nervous because my boss 10)__________ (leave) for Scotland on business next week, so I’ll be on my own. Lizzie says I 11)____________ (worry) about it too much. She’s probably right!

Ex 6. Correct the mistakes.

1. Steve goes fishing tomorrow.

2. Rebecca wash her hair every day.

3. I am visiting my grandparents every week.

4. Tim doesn’t wants to do his homework.

5. He sits on the floor at the moment.

6. Do you watch TV in the evenings always?

7. Sarah is drinking coffee every morning.

8. They don’t go usually on holiday in May.

9. Does she work late? No, she does never.

10. Peter looks for a new house at the moment.

C.

Ex 1. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form of the present continuous or the present simple.

1. A: Do you know (you/know) that man over there?

B: Actually, I do. He’s Muriel’s husband.

2. A: Are you doing anything tomorrow evening?

B: Yes. I_____(see) Jack at nine o’clock.

3. A: I_____ (see) you’re feeling better.

B: Yes, I am, thank you.

4. A: What’s that noise?

B: The people next door_____ (have) a party.

5. A: Graham______ (have) a new computer.

В: I know. I’ve already seen it.

6. A: This dress______ (not/fit) me any more.

B: Why don’t you buy a new one?

7. A: Your perfume_______ (smell) nice. What is it?

B: It’s a new perfume called Sunshine.

8. A: What is Jane doing?

B: She____ (smell) the flowers in the garden.

9. A: What______ (you/look) at?

B: Some photos I took during my holidays. They aren’t very good, though.

10. A: You_______ (look) very pretty today.

B: Thank you. I’ve just had my hair cut.

11. A: I_______ (think) we’re being followed.

B: Don’t be silly! It’s just your imagination.

12. A: Is anything wrong?

B: No. I_______ (just/think) about the party tonight.

13. A: This fabric________ (feel) like silk.

B: It is silk, and it was very expensive.

14. A: What are you doing?

В: I_______ (feel) the radiator to see if it’s getting warm.

15. A: She________ (be) generous, isn’t she?

B: Yes, she has never been a mean person.

16. A: He________ (be) very quiet today isn’t he?

B: Yes, I think he has some problems,

17. A: Would you like some cherries?

B: Yes, please. I_____ (love) cherries. They’re my favourite fruit.

18. A: I’m sorry, but I_________ (not understand) what you mean.

B: Shall I explain it again?

19. A: The children are making lots of noise today.

В: I know, but they   (have) fun.

20. A: This cake________ (taste) awful.

В: I think I forgot to put the sugar in it!

Ex. 2. In this exercise you have to decide whether the verbs in these sentences are right or wrong. Correct those which are wrong. The verb is underlined.

Pattern: I don’t know your telephone number.       RIGHT.

Please don’t make so much noise. I study.  WRONG — am studying.

1. Look! Somebody is climbing up that tree over there._____________

2. Can you hear those people? What do they talk about?___________

3. Are you believing in God?_____________

4. Look! That man tries to open the door of your car.

5. The moon goes round the earth._____________

6. I’m thinking it would be a good idea to leave early. _

7. The government is worried because the number of people without jobs is increasing.       

8. I’m usually going to work by car.______________

Ex 3. Now you have to put the verb into the correct form, present continuous (I am doing) or present simple (I do).

Pattern: Please don’t make so much noise. I am studying (study).

How many languages does Tom speak (Tom/speak)?

This machine doesn’t work (not/work). It hasn’t worked for years.

1. I________ (not/belong) to a political party.

2. Hurry! The bus________ (come). I________ (not/want) to miss it.

3. The River Nile_________ (flow) into the Mediterranean.

4. The river__________ (flow) very fast today — much faster than usual.

5. ___________ (it/ever/snow) in India?

6. We usually_________ (grow) vegetables in our garden but this year we_________ (not/grow) any.

7. A. Can you drive?

B. No, but I_________ (learn). My father____________ (teach) me.

8. You can borrow my umbrella. I____________ (not/need) it at the moment.

9. (at a party) I usually___________ (enjoy) parties but I__________ (not/ enjoy) this one very much.

10.  George says he’s 80 years old but I_________________ (not/believe) him.

11. Ron is in London at the moment. He_________________(stay) at the Hilton Hotel. He usually______ (stay) at the Hilton Hotel when he’s in London.

In these sentences think about whether the situation is tempo­rary or permanent.

12. My parents_________ (live) in Bristol. They were born there and have never lived anywhere else. Where_________ (your parents/live)?

13. She___________ (stay) with her sister at the moment until she finds somewhere to live.

14. A. What___________ (your father/do)?

B. He’s a teacher, but he_____________ (not/work) at the moment.

Present Perfect Tense

A.

Ex 1. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Perfect.

1. I don’t know this girl. I never (meet) her before. 2. «Where is Mother?» — «She just (go) out». 3. «Don’t you know what the film is about?» — «No, I (not/see) it». 4. Don’t worry about the letter. I already (post) it. 5. «Is he a good teacher?» — «Oh yes, he (help) me a lot». 6. I know London perfectly well. I (be) there several times. 7. I can’t find my umbrella. I think, somebody (take) it by mistake. 8. «Do you speak Spanish?» — «No, I never (study) it». 9. «Do you know where they have gone?» — «No, they (sell) their house and (not/leave) their new address».

Ex 2. Answer the questions. Put the verb in brackets into the Present Perfect.

Pattern: Is his article ready? (write)

Yes, he has written it.

1. Are her rooms clean? (do)

2. Is our dinner ready, Mother? (cook)

3. Does she know the poem? (learn)

4. Do you know this sort of pencil? (use)

5. Does he know how nice the cake is? (eat)

6. Do you know that your gloves are on the table? (find)

7. Is Bobby‘s face clean? (wash)

8. Do you know how beautiful these songs are? (hear)

Ex. 3. Make present perfect sentences.

Pattern:

I / never/ read / Shakespeare

I / break / my arm / three times

Peter / pay / for his lessons?                           

I’ve never read Shakespeare

I’ve broken my arm three times

Has Peter paid for his Lessons?                              

1. Joe / change / his job / twice this year.________________________

2. you / ever / write / a poem?________________________________

3. I / never / climb / a mountain.______________________________

4. how often I she / ask / you for money?_______________________

5. I / often / try / to stop smoking._____________________________

6. Alex / phone / me / six times this week._______________________

7. Charles / speak / to you / today?____________________________

8. Mary / not / tell / me / her new address._______________________

9. you / ever / break / your leg?_______________________________

10. We / not / play / football / this year.________________________

Ex 4. You are writing a letter to a friend and giving news about people you both know. Use the words given to make sentences and put the verb into the correct form.

Pattern: Phil/find a new job      Phil has found a new job.

Dear Chris,

Lots of things have happened since I last wrote to you.

1. Charles/go/Brazil Charles.____________________________

2. Jack and Jill/decide/to get married._____________________

3. Suzanne/have/a baby.______________________________

4. Monica/give up/smoking.____________________________

5. George/pass/his driving-test.___________________________

Ex 5. In this exercise you have to read the situation and then write a suitable sentence. Use the verb given.

Pattern: Tom is looking for his key. He can’t find it. (lose) He has lost his key.

1. Ann’s hair was dirty. Now it is clean. (wash) She________________

2. Tom was 80 kilograms. Now he weighs 70. (lose weight)__________

3. The car has just stopped because there isn’t any more petrol in the tank. (run out of petrol)           

4. Yesterday Bill was playing football. Now he can’t walk and his leg is in plaster. (break)   

Ex 6. You are asking someone about things be has done in his life. Use the words in brackets to make your questions.

Pattern: (you ever/be/to Italy?)      Have you ever been to Italy?

1. (you ever/be/to South America?)___________________________

2. (you/read/any English books?)_____________________________

3. (you/live/in this town all your life?)__________________________

4. (how many times/you/be/in love?)__________________________

5. (what’s the most beautiful country you/ever/visit?)______________

6. (you ever/speak/to a famous person?)_______________________

Ex 7. Answer these questions using the words in brackets.

Pattern: When did you last smoke? (for two years) I haven’t smoked for two years.

1. When did it last rain? (for ages) It________________ for ages.

2. When did they last visit you? (since June) They_________________

3. When did you last play tennis? (for a long time)________________

4. When did you last eat caviar? (never)________________________

5. When did you last drive? (for six months)_____________________

6. When did you last go to Spain? (never)_______________________

7. When did she last write to you? (since last summer)______________ 

Ex 8. In this exercise you have to make questions with the words given.

Pattern: (you hear from George recently?) Have you heard from George, recently?

1. (you/read/a newspaper recently?)___________________________

2. (you/see/Tom in the past few days?)_________________________

3. (you/play/tennis recently?)________________________________

4. (you/eat/anything today?)________________________________

5. (you/see/any good films recently?)__________________________

6. (you/have/a holiday this year yet?)_________________________

B.

Ex 1. Circle the words for a finished time.

a few days ago always this week last week never now then today yesterday in 1990

Ex 2. Correct (R) or not (WR)?

Pattern: My father has changed his job. R

Andy has gone to Scotland last week. WR

1. Look what Peter has given me yesterday!_______________

2. I’ve seen a great programme last night._________________

3. I think everybody has arrived now.___________________

4. Mary has written to me three weeks ago.________________

5. Sorry — I’ve forgotten your name.______________________

6. I’ve forgotten Mike’s birthday last Tuesday._____________

7. Everybody has gone home at 10 o’clock.________________

8. There’s nobody here! What has happened ?______________

Ex 2. Make present perfect progressive sentences. Usefor or since.

Pattern:

John started learning Chinese in February. Now it’s July. (for)                                               

John has been learning Chinese for five months.

It started raining on Sunday. It’s still raining. (since)

It’s been raining since Sunday.

1. Mary started painting the house on Monday. Now it’s Friday. (for)

2. We started driving at six o’clock. Now it’s ten o’clock. (for)

3. Ann started working at Smiths in January. (since)

4. Joe started building boats when he was 20. Now he’s 40. (for)

5. We started waiting for the bus at 8.30. (since)

6. Prices started going up last year. (since)

Ex 3. Make questions beginning with How long…?

Pattern: you / study / maths How long have you been standing maths?

1. Jane / talk / on the phone_______________________________

2. your brother / work / in Glasgow_________________________

3. Eric / drive / buses____________________________________

4. that man / stand / outside_______________________________

5. you / play / the piano__________________________________

Ex. 4. Choose the correct form.

Pattern: How long have you learnt / been learning the piano?

Look! I have bought/been buying a coat.

1. It has rained / been raining since Tuesday.

2. John has broken / been breaking his leg.

3. He hasn’t told / been telling me his address.

4. How long have we driven/been driving now?

5. Have you ever read / been reading this book?

6. Hello! I’ve waited / been waiting for you for hours!

7. How long have you played/ been playing tennis?

8. How many games have you played / been playing?

Ex. 5. Put in the present perfect or present perfect progressive.

Pattern:  I have had these shoes for a year. (have)

How long have you been waiting? (wait)

1. It________________________ all day. (snow)

2. We_____________ this dog for years. (have)

3. Ann_________________ all day. (work)

4. John_________________ ill this week. (be)

5. How long_______ you_______ Andrew (know)?

Ex 6. Put in the present perfect or continuous, using short forms where appropriate.

1. A. How long have you known (you/know) Alison?

B. We (be) friends since we were children.

2. A. Who (use) the car?

B. I have. Is there a problem?

3. A. What are Andrew and David doing?

B. They (work) in the garden for three hours

4. A. Why is Sally upset?

B. She (lose) her bag

5. A. I (always/believe) that exercise is good for you.

B. Of course, it’s good to keep fit.

6. A. Emily (teach) maths since she left university.

B. Yes, and she’s a very good teacher, too.

7. A. Fred (open) a new shop.

B. Really? Where is it?

8. A. This pie is delicious.

B. Is it? I (not/taste) it yet.

9. A. Have you found your umbrella yet?

B. No, I (look) for it for an hour now.

10. A. You look exhausted.

B. Well, I (clean) the windows since 8 o’clock this morning.

11. A. Can I have some more lemonade, please?

B. Sorry, your brother (just/drink) it all.

12. A. Have you got new neighbours?

B. Yes, they (just/move) to the area.

Ex. 7. Choose the correct answer.

1. «What time does the train leave?»
«I think it Aat 2 o’clock».

A. leaves В. has been leaving С. has left

2. «Where are Tom and Pauline?»

«They_____ to the supermarket».

A. have just gone В. have been going С. go

3. «What is Jill doing these days?»

«She_______ for a job for six months».

A. is looking В. has been looking С. looks

4. «Is Mandy watching TV?»

«No. She________ her homework right now».

A. is always doing В. is doing С. does

5. «Have you been for a walk?»

«Yes. I often_______ for walks in the evenings».

A. have gone В. am going С. go

6. «Have you seen any films lately?»

«Yes. Actually, I___________ two this week».

A. have seen В. am seeing С. see

7. «What_______ ?» «It’s a piece of cherry pie. Mum made it yesterday?»

A. are you eating В. do you eat С. have you eaten

8. «Are you going on holiday this summer?»

«Yes. I_______ enough money».

A. am saving В. have already saved С. save

9. «Is Todd reading the newspaper?»

«No. He________ dinner at the moment».

A. has been making В. makes С. is making

10. «Have you bought any new CDs recently?»

«Yes. Actually, I___________ two this week».

A. have bought В. have been buying С. am buying

11. «What time does the play start?»

«I think it_________ at 8 o’clock».

A. has been starting В. starts С. has started

12. «Where is Mark?»

«He_______ to the library to return some books».

A. has gone В. has been С. is going

Ex. 8. Underline the correct tense.

1. Liz and I are good friends. We know/have known each other for four years.

2. Sarah is very tired. She has been working/is working hard all day.

3. «Where is John?» «He’s upstairs. He does/is doing his homework».

4. I can’t go to the party on Saturday. I am leaving/ have been leaving for Spain on Friday night.

5. Jane has finished/is finishing cleaning her room, and now she is going out with her friends.

6. I didn’t recognize Tom. He looks/is looking so different in a suit.

7. I don’t need to wash my car. Jim washes/has washed it for me already.

8. Ian has been talking/is talking to his boss for an hour now.

9. Claire’s train arrives/has arrived at 3 o’clock. I must go and meet her at the station.

10. «Would you like to borrow this book?» «No, thanks. I have read/have been reading it before».

11. «Where are you going/do you go?» «To the cinema. Would you like to come with me?»

12. Have you seen my bag? I am searching/have been searching for it all morning.

13. «Is Colin here?» «I don’t know. I haven’t seen/ haven’t been seeing him all day».

14. Sophie is very clever. She is speaking/speaks seven different languages.

15. We are moving/have moved house tomorrow. Everything is packed.

Ex 9. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense.

1. A. What are you doing (you/do)?

B. Nothing. I (just/finish) my lunch.

2. A. Where (you/be) all morning?

В. I (clean) my house since 8 o’clock.

3. A. (you/do) anything next weekend?

B. No, I (not/make) any plans yet.

4. A. Jane looks great (she/lose) weight?

B. Yes, she (exercise) a lot recently.

5. A. (be/you) busy fight now?

B. Yes, I (just/start) typing this report.

6. A. Where is Peter?

B. He (wash) the car at the moment.

7. A. Who (be) your favourite actor?

B. I (like) Sean Connery since I was a child.

8. A. (you/do) your homework yet?

B. Almost, I (do) it now.

Ex 10. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense.

1. Who has been using (use) my toothbrush?

2. «What (you/do)?» «I (write) a letter».

3. Samantha (play) tennis with friends every weekend.

4. Tim and Matilda (be) married since 1991.

5. Uncle Bill (just/decorate) the bathroom.

6. Pauline and Tom (sing) in the school choir twice a week.

7. Who (you/speak) to?

8. Sarah is very happy. She (win) a poetry competition.

9. He (drink) two cups of coffee this morning.

10. My friend (live) in America at the moment.

11. They (usually/change) jobs every five years.

12. I (normally/cut) my hair myself.

13. Linda (study) in the library for three hours.

14. We (play) in a concert next weekend.

15. Who (read) my diary?

16. Tim (leave) the house at 7 o’clock every morning.

17. (your mother/work) in a bank?

18. (you/drink) coffee with your breakfast every day?

19. We (make) plans for our summer holidays right now.

20. They (move) house in September.

Ex. 11. Choose the correct answer.

1. «Have you seen your sister recently?

«Yes, she came to visit last weekend».

A. Have you been seeing B. You have seen C. Have you seen

2. «I didn’t know Sarah could drive».

«Oh, yes, she________ since last April».

A. has been driving B. has driven C. is driving

3. «Where is Jason?»

«He_________ at the swimming pool».

A. is being B. is C. has been

4. «This is a great book.».

«I know. I_____________ it twice already».

A. have read B. am reading C. have been reading

5. «Hello, Jane. I’m home».

«Where have you been? I___________ for you all day».

A. have been looking B. look C. am looking

6. «Are you having a holiday this year?»

«Yes, I_________ to Hawaii».

A. am going B. have been C. have gone

7. «Who does your hair for you?»

«My mother usually_______________ it».

A. is cutting B. cuts C. has cut

8. «Your socks are all wet!»

«Don’t worry I_______________ another pair with me».

A. am bringing B. bring C. have brought

Ex. 12. Correct the mistakes.

1. They have been to the shops. They’ll be home soon.

2. Joe plays in the garden at the moment.

3. I am going to work by car every day.

4. The builders finish the block of flats already.

5. He has been breaking his arm.

6. Sam have just finished reading a very interesting book.

7. Water is boiling at 100 oC.

8. John is living here since 1986.

9. I study this subject for five years.

10. Who has use me scissors?

C.

Present Perfect vs. Present Perfect Continuous

Ex 1. Translate into English.

1. В этой части света солнце садится рано. 2. Джойс едет в Лондон завтра, потому что ее дядя хочет ее видеть. 3. Некоторым людям больше всего нравится лето, некоторые любят весну или осень, а другие предпочитают зиму. 4. «Где Лиззи?» — «Она катается верхом на лошади». 5. «Что делают дети?» — «Они слушают сказку и рисуют». 6. Джейн прекрасно рисует. 7. Отец обычно ездит на работу поездом, но сегодня он на машине. 8. Каждый год он проводит каникулы в горах. 9. Я пишу, чтобы пригласить вас к нам на лето. 10. Я сижу у окна и смотрю на море. Какое-то судно уплывает (sail away) в вечернее золото горизонта.

Ex 2. Translate into English.

1. «Когда он обычно приходит домой?» — «Он обычно приходит домой в 7 часов вечера». 2. Каким поездом вы уезжаете в Петербург на следующей неделе? 3. В следующее воскресенье ко мне приезжают друзья из Шеффилда. 4. Алекс делает новую полку для книг. Он всю мебель для своей комнаты всегда делает сам. 5. На ней сегодня шляпа и голубое платье. 6. Я не могу сейчас дать вам эту книгу, потому что я ее читаю. «Вы много читаете?» — «Да, много». -«Вы покупаете книги или берете их в библиотеке?» — «Я обычно беру по пять книг в центральной библиотеке и меняю их через месяц». «Что вы делаете под столом?» — «Я ищу иголку». 9. «Что у вас обычно на завтрак?» — «Я обычно ем бутерброд и выпиваю чашку кофе». «Куда ты так бежишь?» — «Я бегу на десятичасовую электричку. Я встречаюсь сегодня с Ником. Он не любит, когда я опаздываю». В следующее воскресенье я уезжаю в Данию.

Ex 3. Translate into English.

1. Почему у тебя черные губы? — Я ела чернику. 2. Ты съел весь кекс? 3. Что вы делаете? — Мы собираем яблоки. — Сколько вы уже собрали? — Мы собрали 5 корзин. 4. Я сегодня делала покупки и наконец нашла тебе летние туфли. 5. Какой чудный запах! Бабушка варит варенье. 6. Я полирую этот стол с самого завтрака. Я очень устала. 7. Что ты делаешь в гараже так долго? — Я накачиваю шины (pump the tires). Я уже накачал три. Ты поможешь мне с четвертой? 8. Ты знакома с Томом? — Я знаю его целую вечность. 9. Почему вы так шумите (make a horrible noise)? — Я потерял ключ и пытаюсь разбудить жену, поэтому я бросаю камни в окно спальни. — Вы бросаете камни не в то окно. Вы живете в следующем доме. 10. Он только что продал две свои картины. — Ему повезло. Мой муж рисует уже пять лет и еще не продал ни одной картины. 11. Я все утро занимаюсь домашней работой и еще ничего не сделал. 12. Почему вы не принесли мне письма? Вы их еще не напечатали? 13. Куда ты дела мои ботинки? Я нигде не могу их найти. — Майк только что ушел в них. 14. Тот человек стоит на автобусной остановке последние полчаса. Сказать ему, что последний автобус уже ушел? 15. Мой муж собирает картины современных художников с тех пор, как мы поженились. Он уже собрал так много, что не знает, куда их повесить.

Pronouns

A.

Ex. 1. Fill in the gaps in the following grammar table: 

I

me

my

mine

myself

you

he

his

itc

 hers

 it

   

our

   

yourselves

they

Ex. 2. Insert the appropriate pronouns:

1. I made up … mind to enter the university.

2. You made up … mind to enter the university.

3. He made up … mind to enter the university.

4. She made up … mind to enter the university.

5. We made up … mind to enter the university.

6. They made up … mind to enter the university.

Ex. 3. Circle the correct answer.

Pattern: I/Me don’t understand.

1. «Who said that?» «It was she / her«.

2. Tell we / us your address.

3. This isn’t for you, it’s for he /him.

4. I don’t think they / them are here today.

5. «Where’s your brother?» «That’s he / him over there».

6. Where are the children? Can you see they / them?

7. Ask she / her why she / her is crying.

Ex. 4. Put in he, him, she, her, they or them.

1. «Does your father speak English?»… understands a little».

2. «I’m seeing Lucy and Pete on Tuesday.» «Oh, give … my love».

3. «Mr. Carter’s here.» «Ask … to wait downstairs».

4. Where are your friends?… ‘re very late.

5. «Have you spoken to Mrs. Lewis?» «Not yet. I’m going to phone … this evening».

6. «Where’s Ann?» «… ‘s in Germany all this week».

Ex. 5. Put in it, they or them.

1. «Where are my keys?» «… ‘re on that chair».

2. ‘Where did that cat come from?» «.came in through the window».

3. «What did you think of the film?» «…’s not very good».

4. «What shall I do with these letters?» «Just put … on the table».

5. «Can I have John’s address?» «I’ll give …to you this afternoon».

6. «Did you enjoy your holiday in Ireland?» «Yes, …’s a wonderful place».

7. «Where are your glasses?» «I’ve lost

8. «Would you like tickets for the concert?» «How much do … cost?»

Ex. 6. Put in the correct possessives.

Pattern: Ann’s lost her keys.

Would you like to wash your hands?

1. Peter says … wife is ill.

2. We’re taking … holiday in June.

3. … car is that outside?

4. My bank has changed … name.

5. I’m going to sell … motorbike.

6. My students have got … exam next week.

7. John writes to … girlfriend every day.

8. Ann lives with … father in Portugal.

9. Please put … coats upstairs.

10. Robert broke … leg skiing last winter.

11. «What film did you see?» «Sorry, I’ve forgotten … name».

Ex. 7. Circle the correct answer.

1. She doesn’t love him / himself.

2. She likes looking at her / herself in the mirror.

3. Old people often talk to them / themselves.

4.  I’m going out tonight, so you will all have to cook for yourself / yourselves.

5.  I like Bill, but I don’t understand him / himself.

Ex. 8. Put in myself, yourself etc.

1. I’m teaching … to play the guitar.

2. «Who’s John talking to?» «…».

3. Get a drink for… .

4. We really enjoyed … last night.

5. Mary talks about … all the time.

6. Find chairs for … and sit down.

7. They just want to make money for… .

Ex. 9. Rewrite the sentences in brackets so that the noun is not repeated. Use one or ones.

Model. These cups are nice. Each one is hand-painted. (Each cup is hand-painted.)

1. I need to fill in a form about my driving test, but … (I haven’t got a form.)

2. I’ve watched all these videos. … (I must get some new videos.)

3. These photos are good. …(Have you seen this photo?)

4. I need a dinner-jacket for the party, so … (I’ve hired a dinnerjacket.)

5. Those socks are horrible. …(Can you find any nice socks?)

6. This map isn’t very good. … (The map in the car is better.)

Ex 10. Rewrite the repeated noun by one (the one) or ones in the following sentences:

1. This picture is more beautiful than that picture.

2. As to the students’ reports made at the conference I liked the report on the economic struggle in capitalist countries.

3. These are yesterday’s papers. Take fresh papers.

4. This article is not so difficult to translate as the article you gave us last week.

5. Put all the books except that book on the shelf.

6. You have got several maps of the Roman Empire. Will you give me a map for a short time?

B.

Ex. 1. Choose the correct form of the pronouns in brackets.

I. 1. It may be (our, ours) dictionaries. 2. He has not read a line of (your, yours). How can he criticize (your, yours) poems? 3. His composition is much more interesting than (your, yours) or (my, mine). 4. (Their, theirs) knowledge of the subject is not much superior to (our, ours). 5. I’m afraid they will take (her, hers) advice not (your, yours). 6. All (our, ours) clothes were extremely dirty, and (my, mine) especially so. 7. Will you help me to sort out the things? I cannot tell which are (your, yours) and which are (my, mine). 8. This is (your, yours) notebook, but where is (my, mine)?

II. 1. She got to (her, hers) feet and took (his, him) hand. 2. «Let me see your passports», I gave him and Catherine got out of handbag (my, mine; her, hers; her, hers). 3. Mind (your, yours; my, mine) own business and I’ll mind (your, yours; my, mine). 4. Mr. Black gave (his, him) wife a leather bag for (her, hers) birthday. 5. The next voice to speak up was not the Lieutenant’s but (my, mine). 6. I looked at (her, hers) and at none other from that moment. 7.________ was not a marriage that could last (their, theirs). 8._______ nerves are as bad as_______ (your, yours, my, mine). 9. His eyes were as bright as_____________ (her, hers). 10. After all, this is_______ home just as much as______ (your, yours, my, mine). 11. My sister likes much sugar in______ tea, but I like little in______(her, hers, my, mine). «Who can drink tea as sweet as (your, yours)», I wonder. 12. His own hand shook as he accepted a rose or two from_______and thanked her (her, hers).

Ex 2. Use the appropriate form ofpersonal pronouns in the fol­lowing sentences.

1. He patted Jack heartily on (he) shoulder. 2. He put (he) hand in (she). 3. «This foolish wife of (I) thinks I’m a great artist», said he. 4. (They) say there’s been a great earthquake in the Pacific. 5. Then he stopped and pointed and said: «Those are peas». I said, «We’ve got some peas, too». «I expect (you) are bigger than (our)», he said politely. 6. Don’t show this letter to (you) brother. 7. There’s, a ghastly article of (he) in the evening’s paper. 8. She folded the letter and replaced it in (it) envelope. 9. The children had had (they) tea. Kate was late for (she) as usual, Mary and Paul were having (they). 10. This demand of (they) is quite ridiculous. 11. She makes all (she) clothes herself. 12. There was a cold wind blowing so I put on (I) heavy coat.

Ex 3. Complete these sentences using myself/yourself, etc.

Pattern: Here is the money, go and buy yourself an ice-cream.

1. Be careful! That pan is very hot. Don’t burn__________ .

2. I want to know you better. Tell me about____________ .

3. It isn’t her fault. She really shouldn’t blame___________ .

4. Did you make the dress_________________________ ?

5. The boy was lucky when he fell down the stairs. He didn’t hurt_____ .

6. Tom cut________ while he was shaving this morning.

7. He spends most of his time alone, so it’s not surprising that he .

8. Don’t worry about us. We can look after____________ .

Ex 4. Complete these sentences, using myself, etc. only where necessary.

Pattern: I really don’t feel well today, I’ll stay in bed.

1. Tom is growing a beard because he doesn’t like shaving_________ .

2. The telephone rang while I was taking a shower. I dried_______ and ran into the room.

3. I tried to study but I just couldn’t make_____________ .

4. Jack and I first met______ at a party five years ago.

5. You’re working too much. Why don’t you relax___________ more?

6. It was a lovely holiday. We really enjoyed________ very much.

7. The routine is the same every morning I wash______________ and have breakfast.

Ex. 5. In these sentences you have to write -selves or each other.

Pattern: Look at yourself. Your face is dirty.

How long have Tom and Ann known each others.

1. At Christmas friends often give______________ presents.

2. I enjoyed____ very much at the party.

3. Jack and Jill are very happy together. They love_______ very much.

4. She has no reason to blame____________ .

5. I think this poor dog has hurt___________ .

6. Nora and I don’t see__________ very often these days.

Ex 6. Complete these sentences using on my own/by myself, etc.

Pattern: Learner-drivers are not allowed to drive on their own.

1. She hated being in the house on______ . She was afraid to be alone.

2. The box was too heavy for me to lift by________ .

3. You can’t expect them to do everything by____________ .

4. Very young children should not be allowed to go swimming by________.

5. Mothers shouldn’t leave children in the house on__________ .

6. We’ve often made that mistake________ .

7. Do you like working with other people or do you prefer working .

8. If the rest of you can’t, help we’ll have to do it on_____________ .

Ex. 7. Use one of the demonstrative pronouns in the following sentences.

1. __________is cooking oil, I always buy________one. 2. She gave me the______ present as a year before. 3. What do you want me to do with______ 4. He was one of________ men whom women all like. 5. Do you see_____ bushes on the other side of the river? 6. Let us leave _____ subject. 7. He continued to frequent the________ cafe as when he had stayed at the hotel. 8. I believe you but there are______________ who wouldn’t. 9.______ is what I thought last year. 10._______ life. 11.______ is what I want you to do. 12. I have divided the books into two piles._____ are to be kept.________ are to be sold. 13. Our house was next to__________ of June’s.

Ex. 8. Fill in many, much or a lot of.

1. A. Let’s go for a walk.

B. I can’t. I’ve got a lot of work to do.

2. A. Do you want to come in for a while?

B. No, thank you. I haven’t got … time.

3. A. Mr. Brown looks very happy.

B. Yes. He won… money last week.

4. A. You’ve got … pets!

B. Yes, three dogs and four cats!

5. A. I must go to the bank today.

B. I’ll come with you. I haven’t got … money either.

6. A. Have you got … lessons today?

B. No. I’ll be home at three o’clock.

7. A. Have you seen … horror films?

B. No. I don’t like horror films.

8. A. There isn’t … coffee left.

B. I know. I’ll buy some today.

9. A. Are there … children in your class?

B. Yes, about twenty-five.

C.

Ex. 1. Fill in the correct possessive adjective or pronoun.

1. A. Have you met your new neighbours yet?

B. No. I’ve seen … children in the garden, though.

2. A. You took … coat home last night.

В. I know, I’m sorry. I thought it was … because they’re both black.

3. A. What’s wrong with Rosie?

B. Oh, she’s been having problems with … back recently.

4. A. James is doing well at school.

В. I know … teacher says he’s very advanced for his age.

5. A. Is this bag … ?

B. Oh, yes, thank you. I nearly forgot it.

6. A. Julie and Frank are so lucky … house is beautiful.

B. Yes, and it’s so much bigger than    I envy them.

7. A: I like … shirt. It’s like Sandra’s.

B: Actually, it is … I borrowed it from her yesterday.

8. A: Why did you lend Tom … car?

B: Because … is being repaired at the moment.

Ex. 2. Fill in a possessive adjective or the.

1. A dog bit him on the leg.

2. I banged … head on the cupboard door.

3. Karen put … arm around Jane’s shoulder.

4. Don’t put … feet on the table!

5. You shouldn’t have punched Tom in … stomach.

6. Paul patted Lisa on … shoulder.

Ex 3. Frank and Kim are having a picnic by a lake. Read the dialogue and underline the correct item.

A. There’s 1) nothing/something I like more than having a picnic here by Lake Tahoe.

B. Yes, it’s 2) anything/something I really enjoy, too. It’s great to go 3) anywhere/somewhere where there is no noisy traffic and 4) anything/nothing to disturb us from our lunch. I can’t think of 5) somewhere/anywhere I’d rather be than here.

A. I know. There’s 6) no one/somebody else here, so we can enjoy the peace and quiet.

B. Well, I’d like 7) any/some more of that chicken. Is there 8) no/any left?

A. Yes, there’s plenty in this basket. But there’s 9) some/ no mayonnaise, I’m afraid.

B. That’s okay. Wait a minute. Did you hear 10) something/nothing?

A. Don’t be silly. It was 11) anything/nothing.

B. No, look! A group of school children are coming for a picnic, too!

A. Oh no! I can’t think of 12) something/anything worse! Let’s go home!

Ex. 4. Fill in the gaps with some, any, no or one of their com­pounds.

1. A. Is anything the matter with Dawn? She looks upset.

B. She had an argument with her friend today.

2. A. I think … is trying to break into that house.

B. You’re right. We should call the police.

3. A. We’ve got … time to make a cake before the party!

B. I’ll go out and buy one then.

4. A. I’m thinking of moving … to London.

B. Really? My boss has a house near London.

5. A. It was very busy in town today.

B. I know. There was hardly … to park.

6. A. I suppose I should make … for dinner.

B. I’ll help you if you like.

7. A. What’s on TV tonight?

B. I looked in the TV guide. There’s hardly … good on tonight.

8. A. Do you like living in Brighton?

B. Yes, but … will ever mean as much to me as my home town.

9. A. Did you have a good holiday in England?

B. Yes. There was hardly … rain all week.

10. A. Did you call Sarah this evening?

B. Yes, but … was at home, so I left a message on the answering machine.

Ex. 5. Choose the correct answer.

1. «Did you buy a new skirt?» — «No. I looked in C shop in town».

A. everything В. everywhere C. every

2. «Who is coming to your party?» — «I’ve invited … I know».

A. everything В. everyone С. everywhere

3. «Have you found your keys yet?» — «No. I’ve looked but I can’t find them».

A. everything В. everywhere С. every

4. «The children must have been hungry». — «I know. They ate … on their plates».

A. every В. everywhere С. everything

5. «Where shall I put the shopping?» — «Put … in the kitchen, please».

A. everything В. everywhere С. everybody

6. «How often do you go to the gym?» — «I usually go … day».

A. everything В. everywhere С. every

7. «Do I have to tidy my room?» — «Yes. There are clothes and toys …!»

A. everyone В. everywhere С. every

8. «Is there a problem?» — «No, don’t worry … is fine».

A. Everywhere В. Every С. Everything

9. «Has Jim gone out again?» — «Yes. He’s been out … night this week».

A. every В. everything С. everywhere

Ex. 6. Fill in the gaps using each or every.

1. In a basketball match each team has five players.

2. She has a piano lesson … Wednesday.

3. The Jones’ house has ten rooms and they … have a television in … room.

4. The teacher told us to spend five minutes on … question.

5. He visits us … weekend.

6. My aunt gave … one of us a present.

7. I love this group. I’ve got … record they’ve ever made.

8. There are three glasses, but … one is a different shape.

9. I think about him … moment of the day.

10. … of these two bottles holds one litre.

Ex 7. Fill in the gaps with a few, very few, a little or very little.

1. A. How was your exam today?

B. Actually, I would have liked a little more time to finish it.

2. A. How do you like your tea?

B. With no sugar and just … milk, please.

3. A. Are you ready to take your driving test?

B. No. I think I need … more lessons.

4. A. Do you want me to bring anything for the party?

B. Well, I’ve got … wine glasses. Could I borrow some of yours?

5. A. Did you get that job?

B. No. I didn’t get it because I’ve got … experience.

6. A. Why didn’t Alan’s business succeed?

B. Unfortunately, he had … clients.

7. A. Shall we go shopping this evening?

B. I’m sorry, I’ve got… time today.

8. A. Have you finished your garden yet?

B. Not yet, but I’ve planted … trees.

9. A. Are you hungry?

B. Not really. I’ll just have … soup for lunch.

10. A. How was your first day at work?

B. Not very good, really. I made … mistakes.

Ex. 8. Fill in the gaps with both, all, neither, either or none.

Dear Beth,

Thank you for your letter. I was good to hear 1) all your news. I get lots of letters, but 2) … of them cheer me up as much as yours. Bill and I are 3) … very tired at the moment. He’s very busy because he’s been promoted to manger of his firm. I’ve started a new job, so don’t have much spare time, 4) … I love my job and 5) … of the people I work with are friendly, but the long hours seem to take up 6) … of my energy. My parents are coming to visit us tomorrow. 7) … of them have seen the new house yet, so I’ll have to show them 8) … around. Bill has decorat­ed 9) … of the rooms, so 10) … of them looks the way they did when we moved in. I hope 11) … you and Toby will be able to visit us again soon, then you can see 12) … the changes. Write soon. I’m looking forward to 13) … hearing from you or seeing you soon. 

With love. Chloe

Ex 9. Translate into English using reflexive pronouns.

1. Вы сделали это совершенно самостоятельно?

2. Возьмите себя в руки.

3. Когда мы приехали, сам губернатор встретил нас в аэропорту.

4. Через несколько минут он снова был самим собой.

5. Девушка шла, тихо напевая про себя.

6. Ведите себя как следует.

7. Они слишком много о себе думают.

8. Вы можете разделить это между собой.

9. Я очень горжусь собой, что нашел выход из этой трудной ситуации.

10. Ты можешь сделать это самостоятельно?

11. Вам не надо приходить самому, можете прислать секретаря.

Ex 10. Translate into English paying attention to the use of per­sonal and demonstrative pronouns as the subject.

1. Чьи это брюки? — Это мои брюки.

2. Я принес вам важные новости. Это самые последние новости.

3. Кто-то постучал в дверь. Это мой сосед.

4. Куда вы положили деньги? — Они в кошельке, на полке.

5. Вы помните его? Какой это был мужественный человек!

Ex. 11. Translate into English.

1. Кто знает этого человека?

2. Кто из вас разбил эту вазу?

3. Кого из них вы спрашивали об этом?

4. Кого вы ждете здесь?

5. Кому вы дали свой словарь?

Ex 12. Translate into English.

1. Они ехали по широкой дороге, по обе стороны которой росли деревья.

2. Оба, я и мой брат, были молоды и сильны.

3. Передай это сообщение папе или маме, боюсь, я не увижу ни того, ни другого.

4. Ты не можешь взять с собой оба моих фотоаппарата.

5. Они оба служат в армии. 


____________________________________

1 pros and cons — «за» и «против»

2 experience — опыт

3 job qualifications — сумма качеств, необходимых для приема на работу

4 aptitude-tests — тесты на профпригодность

trade — занятие; ремесло; профессия 

remains to be seen — покажет будущее

* * *

prep.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

5) naut. term. before, off;

6) before, at the head of, over;

7) of time, ago;

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

fyrir

e-s

minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

9) for, for the benefit of;

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð

e-s

);

14) joined with adverbs ending in an, governing

acc.

(fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

4)

e-m

verðr

e-t

fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

* * *

prep.

, in the Editions spelt differently; in

MSS.

this word is usually abbreviated either  (

i. e.

firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (

i. e.

fyrir); in some

MSS.

it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛,

e. g. Arna-Magn.

382 (Bs. i. 263

sqq.

); and even in the old Miracle-book

Arna-Magn.

645 (Bs. i. 333

sqq.

), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few

MSS.

it is written as a monosyllable fyr,

e. g. D. I.

i. 475,

Mork.

passim; in

Kb.

(Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia,

Vsp.

I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum,

Gm.

22; fyr vestan ver,

Hkv.

2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir,

e. g. Hm.

56,

Gm.

54,

Skm.

34,

Ls.

15,

Am.

64,

Hkv.

2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the

compds

, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used,

e. g.

for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in

Edd.

, are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in

MSS.

, as, fyre,

Ó. H.

(facsimile); fire,

Grág. Sb.

ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur,

Fms.

iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur,

Haustl.

1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors,

Nj.

14,

Vsp.

53,

Hm.

69,

Edda

130; niðr

f.

smiðju-dyrum,

Eg.

142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni,

Nj.

181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit

f.

þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one,

Fms.

vii. 207,

Hkr.

iii. 335 (

Ó. H.

201,

l. c.

, frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum

f.

sér, beneath in the fire before them,

Nj.

204; þeir sá

f.

sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building,

i. e.

they came to a great house,

Eg.

546; öðrum

f.

sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér,

Grág.

i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel

f.

búum, before the neighbours,

Nj.

87; lýsi ek

f.

búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim)

f.

e-m,

Ld.

8; hann hermdi boð öll

f.

Gizuri,

Nj.

78; hón nefndisk

f.

þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G.,

Fms.

i. 8; kæra e-t

f.

e-m,

Ó. H.

60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann

f.

þeim,

Nj.

200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er

f.

þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them,

i. e.

because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt)

f.

e-m, to give a good (bad) example,

e. g.

in the presence of children; lifa vel

f.

Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti

f.

Guði,

Nj.

199; sem þeir sjá réttast

f.

Guði,

Grág.

i. (

pref.

); fyrir öllum þeim,

Hom.

89; á laun

f.

öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them,

Grág.

i. 337,

Jb.

378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill

f.

húsfreyju minni,

i. e.

when you talk to my wife,

Nj.

265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord,

Merl.

2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja

f.

þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception,

Nj.

228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki,

i. e.

to clear Valhalla for slain folk,

Em.

I; ryðja vígvöll

f.

vegundum,

Nj.

212; ljúka upp

f.

e-m, to open the door for one,

Fms.

xi. 323,

Stj.

5; rýma pallinn

f.

þeim,

Eg.

304; hann lét göra eld

f.

þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld.

f.

sér,

Fms.

xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him,

Eg.

45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð

f.

þeim,

Eg.

530; á (fjörðr) varð

f.

þeim, a river, fjord, was before them,

i. e.

they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi

f.

liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð

f.

Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V.,

Hkr.

iii. 363; þeirra manna er

f.

honum urðu,

Eg.

92.

2. sitja

f.

e-m, to lie in wait for one,

Ld.

218,

Nj.

107; lá

f.

henni í skóginum,

Edda

(

pref.

); sitja

f.

rekum, to sit watching for wrecks,

Eg.

136 (fyrir-sát).

3.

ellipt.

, menn urðu at gæta sín er

f.

urðu,

Nj.

100; Egill var þar

f.

í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush,

Eg.

378; hafði sá bana er

f.

varð, who was before (the arrow),

i. e.

he was hit,

Nj.

8.

4. verða

f.

e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr

f.

drepi, if he be struck,

Grág.

ii. 19; verða

f.

áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury,

Ld.

140; verða

f.

reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king,

Eg.

226; verða

f.

ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound,

Fas.

i. 130; sitja

f.

hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame,

Nj.

71; vera eigi

f.

sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a

naut.

term, before, off; liggja

f.

bryggjum, to lie off the pier,

Ld.

166; skip fljóta

f.

strengjum,

Sks.

116; þeir lágu

f.

bænum, they lay off the town,

Bs.

i. 18; liggja úti

f.

Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland,

Eg.

261; hann druknaði

f.

Jaðri, off the J.,

Fms.

i. II; þeir kómu at honum

f.

Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr

f.

landi,

Hkr.

i. 301;

f.

Humru-minni, off the Humber,

Orkn.

338,

cp. Km.

3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain,

Orkn.

356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr

f.

búi föður síns,

Ver.

26 (of king David); vera

f.

liði, to be over the troops,

Eg.

292,

Nj.

7; vera

f.

máli, to lead the case,

Band.

8; vera forstjóri

f.

búi, to be steward over the household,

Eg.

52; ráða

f.

landi, ríki,

etc.

, to rule, govern, Ó H. 33,

Nj.

5; hverr

f.

eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire,

Eg.

239; ráða

f.

e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja

f.

svörum, to respond on one’s behalf,

Ölk.

36,

Band.

12; hafa svör

f.

e-m, to be the chief spokesman,

Fms.

x. 101,

Dipl. v.

26.

V. special usages; friða

f.

e-m, to make peace for one,

Fms.

vii. 16,

Bs.

i. 65; bæta

f.

e-m, to make things good for one,

Hom.

109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.)

f.

e-m, to plead for one,

Fms.

iii. 33,

Nj.

128,—also spilla

f.

e-m, to disparage one,

Eg.

255; haga, ætla

f.

e-u, to manage, arrange for one,

Ld.

208,

Sturl.

i. 14,

Boll.

356; rífka ráð

f.

e-m, to better one’s condition,

Nj.

21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf

f.

frændkonu sinni,

Js.

58; standa

f.

manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy,

Eg.

357,

Grág.

ii. 13; vera skjöldr

f.

e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað

f.

e-u, to have the expences for a thing,

Ld.

14; vinna

f.

e-m, to support one by one’s work,

Sks.

251; starfa

f.

fé sínu, to manage one’s money,

Ld.

166; hyggja

f.

e-u, to take heed for a thing,

Nj.

109; hyggja

f.

sér,

Fs.

5; hafa forsjá

f.

e-m, to provide for one,

Ld.

186; sjá

f.

e-u, to see after,

Eg.

118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð

f.

mér,

Nj.

20: ironic. to put at rest,

Háv.

40:

ellipt.

, sjá vel

f.

, to provide well for,

Nj.

102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago,

Nj.

80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago,

Fms.

i. 76,

Ld.

134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago,

Nj.

260,

Fms.

i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning,

Grág.

i. 80, ii. 323, 394,

Finnb.

342; fyrir þeim, before they were born,

Fms.

i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera

f.

e-u, to forebode; vera

f.

stórfundum,

Nj.

107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu

f.

siða-skipti,

Fms.

xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera

f.

kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum

f.

e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá

f.

e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one,

Nj.

171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar

f.

öllum ungum mönnum,

Dropl.

7; þykkisk hann mjök

f.

öðrum mönnum,

Ld.

38; ver

f.

hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen,

Eg.

65; Hálfdan svarti var

f.

þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers,

Fms.

i. 4; þorgrímr var

f.

sonum Önundar,

Grett.

87; var Haraldr mest

f.

þeim at virðingu,

Fms.

i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið

f.

þeim,

Grág.

i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit

f.

heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, =

Lat.

pro,

Fms.

vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni,

Blas.

38; gjalda önd mína

f.

önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf

f.

sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ),

H. E.

i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál,

Dipl.

iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir

f.

e-m, 656 A; heita

f.

e-m, biðja

f.

e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro),

Fms.

iii. 48,

Bs.

i. 70; biðja

f.

mönnum, to intercede for, 19,

Fms.

xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja

f.

stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs,

Eg.

249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case,

Grág.

i. 36,

Dropl.

14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn

f.

Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly,

i. e.

forsook Thorkel,

Fms.

ix. 422; kom upp grátr

f.

henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé

f.

öðrum, to take another’s money,

N. G. L.

i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi,

Landn.

56; ef hross verðr tekit

f.

honum, if a horse of his be taken,

Grág.

i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all,

Ó. H.

60; e-t ferr ílla

f.

e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór

f.

Ólófu, so it came to pass for O.,

Vígl.

18; loka dyrr

f.

e-m, to lock the door in one’s face,

Edda

21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn

f.

yðr drepit, heldr

f.

yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit,

i. e.

they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men,

Fbr.

33; tók at eyðask

f.

henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail,

Nj.

29; rak á

f.

þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather,

Vígl.

27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn

f.

Jökli, V. drove the ball for J.,

i. e.

so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil

f.

Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast

f.

mér, my sword broke,

Korm.

98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t

f.

e-m, to break a thing for one,

Bs.

i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn,

Nj.

167; árin brotnaði

f.

honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja

f.

sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour,

i. e.

to hinder one’s doing well,

Sturl.

87; mikit göri þér mér

f.

þessu máli, you make this case sore for me,

Eb.

124; þér er mikit

f.

máli, thy case stands ill,

Fms.

v. 325; ekki er Guði

f.

því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið

f.

því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily,

Grett.

III; mér er minna

f.

því, it is easier for me,

Am.

60; þykkja mikit

f.

e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly,

Nj.

77;

Icel.

also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal,

Ó. H.

140; sem sér muni lítið

f.

at veiða Gunnar,

Nj.

113; fast mun

f.

vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move,

Ld.

154; Ásgrími þótti þungt

f.

, A. thought that things looked sad (heavy),

Nj.

185; hann var lengi

f.

, he was long about it,

Fms.

x. 205; hann var lengi

f.

ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf.

Karl.

388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of,

Lat.

per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds,

Edda

16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi

f.

verkjum, she had no rest for pains,

Bjarn.

69; fyrir gráti, tárum, =

Lat.

prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow;

f.

hlátri, for laughter, as in

Engl.

; þeir æddust

f.

einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman,

Sól.

11; ílla fært

f.

ísum, scarce passable for ice,

Fms.

xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar

f.

Miðgarðs-ormi,

Edda

35; hann var lítt gengr

f.

sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound,

Fbr.

178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear,

Hbl.

26; heptisk vegrinn

f.

þeim meinvættum sem …,

Fs.

4; gáðu þeir eigi

f.

veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay,

Landn.

30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power,

Eg.

67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna,

Grág.

i. 68; fyrir hví, for why?

Eluc.

4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar,

Eg.

375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because,

Edda

35,

Fms.

i. 22, vii. 330,

Ld.

104; en fyrir því nú at, now since,

Skálda

171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke,

Háv.

52.

2. denoting contest; falla

f.

e-m, to fall before one,

i. e.

fighting against one,

Fms.

i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki

f.

e-m, to be overcome in fighting one,

Ld.

146; látask

f.

e-m, to perish by one,

Eb.

34; hafa bana

f.

e-m, to be slain by one,

Nj.

43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa

f.

honum, 263; mæddisk hann

f.

þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them,

Eg.

192; láta ríki

f.

e-m, to lose the kingdom before another,

i. e.

so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar

f.

þér, 505; láta hlut sinn

f.

e-m,

Fs.

47; standask

f.

e-m, to stand one’s ground before one,

Edda

(

pref.

); hugðisk hann falla mundu

f.

sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28,

Hým.

12; halda hlut

f.

e-m,

Ld.

54; halda frið ok frelsi

f.

várum óvinum,

Fms.

viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað

f.

þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding),

Ld.

216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit

f.

mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted,

Fær.

37; halda vöku

f.

sér, to keep oneself awake,

Fms.

i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva

f.

e-m, to fly, leap, run before one,

i. e.

to be pursued,

Bs.

i. 774,

Grág.

ii. 359; at hann rynni

f.

þrælum hans,

Ld.

64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á

f.

Hofsmönnum,

Landn.

178; ganga

f.

e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing,

Fms.

i. 305, x. 292; vægja

f.

e-m, to yield to one, give way,

Eg.

21, 187,

Nj.

57,

Ld.

234.

VI. against; verja land

f.

e-m,

Eg.

32; verja landit

f.

Dönum ok öðrum víkingum,

Fms.

i. 23; til landvarnar

f.

víkingum,

Eg.

260; landvarnar-maðr

f.

Norðmönnum,

Fms.

vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar

f.

bergrisum,

Edda

17; gæt þín vel

f.

konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men,

Eg.

113; góð aðstoð

f.

tröllum ok dvergum,

Bárð.

163; beiða Baldri griða

f.

allskonar háska,

Edda

36; auðskæðr

f.

höggum,

Eg.

770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis),

Grág.

ii. 384,

Fms.

vii. 262; halda

f.

veðri, to stand before the wind,

Róm.

211.

2. rýrt mun verða

f.

honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people,

Nj.

94:

ellipt.

, hafði sá bana er

f.

varð, 8; sprakk

f.

, 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself,

esp.

of physical power; mikill

f.

sér, strong, powerful; lítill

f.

sér, weak, feeble,

Nj.

20, Ísl. ii. 368,

Eg.

192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann

f.

mér,

Edda

33; minnstr

f.

sér, smallest, weakest,

Eg.

123; gildr maðr

f.

sér, Ísl. ii. 322,

Fms.

ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil

f.

sér, a hardy man,

Nj.

270; hvat ert þú

f.

þér, what kind of fellow art thou?

Clem.

33; vera einn

f.

sér, to be a strange fellow,

Grett.

79 new

Ed.

;

Icel.

also say, göra mikið (lítið)

f.

sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t

f.

sér, to hesitate, saunter,

Nj.

154; mæla

f.

munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter,

Orkn.

248,

Nj.

249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr

f.

hærum, white with hoary hairs,

Fms.

vi. 95,

Fas.

ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour,

Mag.

5; hjölt hvít

f.

silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered,

Eb.

226.

1. ahead, in front, = á undan,

Lat.

prae,

opp.

to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded,

Nj.

34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy),

Eg.

580; Egill fór

f.

, E. went in before,

id.

; at vér ríðim þegar

f.

í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi

f.

málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him,

Nj.

35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit

f.

, I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum

f.

, seven nights before,

Grág.

ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore,

i. e.

before the bride and bridegroom came,

Nj.

11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir,

Hm.

1; skal þá lögmaðr þar

f.

vera, he shall be there present,

Js.

3; heima í túni fyrir,

Fær.

50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir,

Eg.

98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem

f.

eru, who are there already,

i. e.

in his charge,

Grág.

i. 286: of things, föng þau er

f.

vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand,

Eg.

134.

3. fore,

opp.

to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar

f.

allt gullknöppum,

Eg.

516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst,

Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one,

i. e.

one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat

f.

, at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …,

Grág.

i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki

f.

, K. had no resource,

i. e.

lost his head,

Sturl.

iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir,

Nj.

117,

Sturl.

ii. 151; mun þat vel

f.

mælask, people will like it well,

Nj.

29, Þórð. 55 new

Ed.

; ílla mun þat

f.

mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína,

Ld.

238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel

f.

, the people praised the poem,

Fms.

vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as

prep.

or

adv.

(vide A. V. above); segja leið

f.

skipi, to pilot a ship,

Eg.

359; segja

f.

skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea,

Bs.

i. 774,

Fms.

x. 480; mæla

f.

e-u, to dictate,

Grág.

ii. 266; mæla

f.

minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla

f.

sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u

f.

, to arrange, put right; ætla

f.

e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m

f.

e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið

f.

e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa

f.

e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita

f.

sér, to enquire; biðjask

f.

, to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja

f.

,

etc.

, to order,

Nj.

103,

Js.

3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá

f.

, at …,

Landn.

34; spyrjask

f.

, to enquire,

Hkr.

ii. 333; búask

f.

, to prepare, make arrangement,

Landn.

35,

Sks.

551; skipask

f.

, to draw up,

Nj.

197; leggjask

f.

, to lie down in despair,

Bs.

i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá

f.

úorðna hluti,

Fms.

i. 96; segja

f.

, to foretell, 76,

Bb.

332; Njáll hefir ok sagt

f.

um æfi hans,

Nj.

102; vita e-t

f.

, to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t

f.

, to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained,

id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin,

Nj.

198; láta síga brýnn

f.

brár,

Hkv. Hjörv.

19; halda

f.

augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes,

Nj.

132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162,

Fs.

39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m

f.

dómstól,

Fms.

xi. 444; ganga, koma

f.

e-n, to go, come before one,

Fms.

i. 15,

Eg.

426,

Nj.

6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes,

Stj.

611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum

f.

sik, he put the shield before him,

Nj.

97, 115; halda skildi

f.

e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram

f.

, forward; aptr

f.

, backward,

etc.

; hann reiddi öxina fram

f.

sik, a stroke forward with the axe,

Fms.

vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik,

Nj.

29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna

f.

sik, 195; komask út

f.

dyrr, to go outside the door,

Eg.

206:—draga ofan

f.

brekku, to drag over the hill,

Ld.

220; hrinda

f.

mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank,

Eg.

748; hlaupa

f.

björg, to leap over a precipice,

Eb.

62,

Landn.

36; elta e-n

f.

björg,

Grág.

ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta)

f.

borð, to leap ( throw) overboard,

Fms.

i. 178,

Hkr.

iii. 391,

Ld.

226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr

f.

borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13,

Fms.

ix. 3; hlaupa niðr

f.

stafn,

Eg.

142; niðr

f.

skaflinn,

Dropl.

25; fyrir brekku,

Orkn.

450,

Glúm.

395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu

f.

þá,

Fms.

ix. 475; ríða á leið

f.

þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them,

Boll.

348; hlaupa ofan

f.

þá,

Nj.

153; vóru allt komin

f.

hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way,

Fms.

vii. 207; þeir felldu brota

f.

hann,

viz.

they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann

f.

skip, to lay an embargo on a ship,

Ld.

166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit,

Nj.

44; út

f.

Holm, out past the Holm,

Fms.

vii. 356:

esp.

as a

naut.

term, off a point on the shore, sigla

f.

England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain,

Orkn.

338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar,

Fms.

vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista,

Edda

91 (in a verse); er hann kom

f.

Elfina, when be came off the Gotha,

Eg.

80; leggja land

f.

skut, to lay the land clear of the stern,

i. e.

to pass it,

Edda l. c.

; göra frið

f.

land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another,

Ld.

28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river,

Fms.

iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda,

Grág.

ii. 263; girða

f.

nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up,

cp. Lat.

praesepire, praemunire,

etc.

,

Grág.

ii. 263; so also binda

f.

op, poka,

Lat.

praeligare, praestringere; hlaða

f.

gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri

f.

stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed,

Nj.

275; skjóta slagbrandi

f.

dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it,

Dropl.

29; láta loku (lás)

f.

hurð, to lock a door,

Gísl.

28; setja innsigli

f.

bréf, to set a seal to a letter,

Dipl.

i. 3:

ellipt.

, setr hón þar lás fyrir,

Ld.

42,

Bs.

i. 512.

2. along, all along;

f.

endilanga Danmörk,

f.

endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other,

Fms.

iv. 319, xi. 91,

Grett.

97:—öx álnar

f.

munn, an axe with an ell-long edge,

Ld.

276; draga ör

f.

ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term,

Fms.

ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone,

Sturl.

i. 44,

Hrafn.

13,

Fms.

ii. 131; taka

f.

munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka

f.

háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat,

etc.

; taka mál

f.

munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka

f.

hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing,

Eb.

124;

mod.

, taka fram

f.

hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day,

Eg.

80;

f.

miðjan dag,

Ld.

14;

f.

sól, before sunrise, 268;

f.

sólar-lag, before sunset;

f.

miðjan aptan,

Nj.

192;

f.

náttmál, 197;

f.

óttu, Sighvat;

f.

þinglausnir,

Ölk.

37;

f.

Jól,

Nj.

269;

f.

fardaga,

Grág.

ii. 341; viku

f.

sumar, 244;

f.

mitt sumar,

Nj.

138; litlu

f.

vetr,

Eg.

159;

f.

vetrnætr,

Grág.

ii. 217;

f.

e-s minni, before one’s memory,

Íb.

16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn,

Fms.

x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara

f.

þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead,

Nj.

77; ganga í skuld

f.

e-n,

Grág.

i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá

f.

Ölvi,

Eg.

210; kaupa e-t

f.

e-n,

Nj.

157; gjalda gjöld

f.

e-n,

Grág.

i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir

f.

e-n,

Eg.

504; hvárr

f.

sik, each for oneself,

Dipl. v.

26; sættisk á öll mál

f. Björn

,

Nj.

266; tók sættir

f. Björn

,

Eg.

168; svara

f.

e-t,

Fms.

xi. 444; hafa til varnir

f.

sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma

f.

; færa vörn

f.

sik,

etc.

; verja, sækja sakir

f.

sik, and many similar law phrases,

Grág.

passim; biðja konu

f.

e-n, to woo a lady for another,

Fms.

x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part,

Gs.

16; lögvörn

f.

mál, a lawful defence for a case,

Nj.

111; hafa til varnar

f.

sök, to defend a case,

Grág.

i. 61; halda skiladómi

f.

e-t,

Dipl.

iv. 8; festa lög

f.

e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning

f.

mann, a penny per man,

K. Þ. K.

88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head,

Lv.

89,

Fms.

i. 153,

Ó. H.

141; hve

f.

marga menn, for how many men,

Grág.

i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð

f.

hungraða,

Hom.

75; þeir skáru

f.

þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses),

Nj.

265; leggja kostnað

f.

e-n, to defray one’s costs,

Grág.

i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik

f.

Guð,

Edda

(

pref.

); hafa e-n

f.

Guð (

Lat.

pro Deo),

Stj.

73,

Barl.

131; geta, fá, kveðja mann

f.

sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute,

Grág.

i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka

f.

brynjur,

Fs.

17; manna-höfuð vóru

f.

kljána,

Nj.

275; gagl

f.

gás ok grís

f.

gamalt svín,

Ó. H.

86; rif stór

f.

hlunna,

Háv.

48; buðkr er

f.

húslker er hafðr,

Vm.

171; auga

f.

auga, tönn

f.

tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell

f.

skillinga,

Þkv.

32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit,

Nj.

92,

Fms.

v. 162; eigi

f.

sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi?

Nj.

101; ok urðu

f.

þat sekir,

Landn.

323; hafa ámæli

f.

e-t,

Nj.

65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra

f.

þín orð,

Ld.

158,

Nj.

88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity,

Fms.

i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old

Engl.

‘fore God),

Karl.

241; fyrir þitt líf,

Stj.

514; ek særi þik

f.

alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn,

Nj.

176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks,

Eg.

714; er sik leysti út

f.

þrjú hundruð marka,

Fms.

ix. 421; ganga

f.

hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred,

D. I.

i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða

f.

hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks,

Ld.

30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir,

Nj.

57; bætr

f.

víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr

f.

mann,

Eg.

259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin,

Nj.

101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means,

Fms.

i. 9, 157,

Gþl.

531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann

f.

sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself,

i. e.

they sold their lives dearly,

Ó. H.

217.

2.

ellipt.

, í staðinn

f.

, instead of,

Grág.

i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða

f.

góð boð,

Nj.

77; taka umbun

f.

,

Fms.

vii. 161; svara slíku

f.

sem …,

Boll.

350; þér skulut öngu

f.

týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head,

Nj.

7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð,

Stj.

; fyrir sína náttúru,

Fms.

v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd,

Pass.

19. 12; svikin

f.

orminn, by the serpent,

Al.

63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very

freq.

in

eccl.

writings,

esp.

after the Reformation,

N. T.

,

Pass.

,

Vídal.

; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David,

etc.

:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu

f.

kast ( by dice),

Sturl.

ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn,

N. G. L.

i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge,

Grág.

ii. 348; kvángask (giptask)

f.

ráð e-s, i. 177, 178,

Þiðr.

190; nú fara menn

f.

bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli,

Gþl.

517; hann gaf henni líf

f.

framkvæmd farar,

i. e.

although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow),

Fms.

v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that,

Grett.

80 new

Ed.

; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but

freq.

in

mod.

usage, thus, eigi e-n

f.

vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n

f.

fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this,

e. g.

vita

f.

vist, to know for certain,

Dipl.

i. 3; vita

f.

full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa

f.

satt, to take for sooth, believe,

Nj.

135; koma

f.

eitt, to come ( turn) all to one,

Lv.

11,

Nj.

91,

Fms.

i. 208; koma

f.

ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way,

Nj.

93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti

f.

varnað, to have another’s faults for warning,

Sól.

19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in —an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following

acc.

denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell,

i. e.

on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall =

Lat.

ultra; fyrir innan fjall =

Lat.

infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard,

etc.

; vide these adverbs:—used

adverb.

, fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in

Icel.

to mark the quarters of the country,

cp.

the ditty in

Esp.

Árb. year 1530; but not

freq.

in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …,

cp. Kristni S. ch.

1:

absol.

and

adverb.

, fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save,

Anal.

98,

Vkv.

8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local,

temp.

, and

metaph.

furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini,

etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris,

etc.

2. in an

intens.

sense = before others, very, but not

freq.

; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (

cp.

fyrir,

acc.

, C. IX), in a

neg.

or

priv.

sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers,

e. g.

for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries,

e. g.

for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish,

e. g.

for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in

eccl.

writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in

Icel.

) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m,

etc.

; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these

compds

are due to foreign influence.

Раздел 1. АУДИРОВАНИЕ

Вы услышите 6 высказываний. Установите соответствие между высказываниями каждого говорящего A—F и утверждениями, данными в списке 1—7. Используйте каждое утверждение, обозначенное соответствующей цифрой, только один раз. В задании есть одно лишнее утверждение. Вы услышите запись дважды. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу.

Далее вы можете набрать еще 40 баллов. Автоматически это проверить нельзя, поэтому сделайте реалистичный прогноз о том, сколько бы вы смогли набрать баллов, и получите ваш итоговый результат ЕГЭ.

Если возник вопрос по ответу, в котором вы ошиблись, можете задать его в комментариях.

Раздел 4. ПИСЬМО

Для ответов на задания 39 и 40 используйте бланк ответов № 2. Черновые пометки можно делать прямо на листе с заданиями, или можно использовать отдельный черновик. При выполнении заданий 39 и 40 особое внимание обратите на то, что Ваши ответы будут оцениваться только по записям, сделанным в БЛАНКЕ ОТВЕТОВ № 2. Никакие записи черновика не будут учитываться экспертом. Обратите внимание также на необходимость соблюдения указанного объёма текста. Тексты недостаточного объёма, а также часть текста, превышающая требуемый объём, не оцениваются. Запишите сначала номер задания (39, 40), а затем ответ на него. Если одной стороны бланка недостаточно, Вы можете использовать другую его сторону.

You have received a letter from your English-speaking pen friend Jessica who writes:

… By the way, we are doing a project at college on the fashion industry in different countries. It would be nice if you could tell me what clothes are popular with teenagers in Russia. Do you have any special fashion for teens? What kind of clothes do you prefer? Why?

Write a letter to Jessica.
In your letter
— answer her questions
— ask 3 questions about her tastes in clothes
Write 100 — 140 words.
Remember the rules of letter writing.

За это задание вы можете получить 6 баллов максимум.

Comment on the following statement.

Lots of people enjoy celebrating holidays. However, for some people a holiday is just a day off.

What is your attitude to celebrations? Which way of celebrating holidays do you find more enjoyable?

Write 200 — 250 words.

— make an introduction (state the problem)
— express your personal opinion and give 2—3 reasons for your opinion
— express an opposing opinion and give 1—2 reasons for this opposing opinion
— explain why you don’t agree with the opposing opinion
— make a conclusion restating your position

За это задание вы можете получить 14 баллов максимум.

Раздел 5. ГОВОРЕНИЕ

— За 1,5 минуты нужно подготовиться и в следующие 1,5 минуты выразительно прочитать текст вслух — 1 балл.
— Составление 5 вопросов на основе ключевых слов. На подготовку отводится 1,5 минуты, затем каждый вопрос надо сформулировать в течение 20 секунд — 5 баллов.
— 3 фотографии. Нужно выбрать 1 и описать ее по предложенному тут же в задании плану за 3,5 минуты — 7 баллов.
— 2 картинки. Нужно сравнить их, описать сходства и различия, объяснить, почему выбранная тематика близка выпускнику, за 3,5 минуты — 7 баллов.

в условии
в решении
в тексте к заданию
в атрибутах

Категория:

Атрибут:

Всего: 536    … 281–300 | 301–320 | 321–340 | 341–360 | 361–380 | 381–400 | 401–420 | 421–440 …

Добавить в вариант

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“The cold landscape that we are accustomed to in northern Canada __________________ a thing of the past soon,” specialists predict.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово RISE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Global warming

In northern Québec and Labrador, temperatures __________________ two degrees Celsius since the mid-1990s. That rise has helped more trees grow in the area which was previously too cold for trees.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WARM так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

And the more trees that grow, the __________________ the region becomes.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово INVITE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Sense of humour

There are many funny stories about Will Rogers, a famous American actor and humorist. Once he __________________ to the White House to meet President Calvin Coolidge.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово MAKE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Rogers was cautioned not to try to be funny because the President had no sense of humour. Rogers bet that he __________________ Coolidge laugh within 20 seconds.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово QUESTION так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

When the formal introduction was made and the words “Mr. President, may I introduce my friend, Mr. Will Rogers,” were pronounced, Rogers held out his hand with a __________________ look and said, “Pardon me, I didn’t quite get the name.”

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WIN так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Coolidge roared with laughter, and Rogers __________________ the bet.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


7

Образуйте от слова TROPIC однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bangkok

Bangkok is the capital and the most populous city of Thailand. This __________________ metropolis is also one of the most traveller-friendly cities in Asia. Bangkok was not the first capital of Thailand, in fact it has taken that role comparatively not long ago.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


8

Образуйте от слова ACHIEVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

To the north lie the ancient capitals Ayuthaya and Sukothai.The __________________ of Sukothai in the arts, literature and law were considerable.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


9

Образуйте от слова IMPRESS однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The ruins are __________________.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


10

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I visited Sukothai recently, during the __________________ Thailand festival of lights, when tiny vessels are set to float in rivers and lakes as offerings to the river goddess.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


11

Образуйте от слова TOUR однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

It is during Thailand’s festivals that it becomes most obvious to any __________________ that despite the country’s recent modernization, its culture, its spiritual heritage, is as real to Thai people as it has ever been.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово INVITE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Sense of humour

There are many funny stories about Will Rogers, a famous American actor and humorist. Once he __________________ to the White House to meet President Calvin Coolidge.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово RISE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Global warming

In northern Québec and Labrador, temperatures __________________ two degrees Celsius since the mid-1990s. That rise has helped more trees grow in the area which was previously too cold for trees.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WARM так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

And the more trees that grow, the __________________ the region becomes.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“The cold landscape that we are accustomed to in northern Canada __________________ a thing of the past soon,” specialists predict.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово MAKE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Rogers was cautioned not to try to be funny because the President had no sense of humour. Rogers bet that he __________________ Coolidge laugh within 20 seconds.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово QUESTION так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

When the formal introduction was made and the words “Mr. President, may I introduce my friend, Mr. Will Rogers,” were pronounced, Rogers held out his hand with a __________________ look and said, “Pardon me, I didn’t quite get the name.”

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WIN так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Coolidge roared with laughter, and Rogers __________________ the bet.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


7

Образуйте от слова TROPIC однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bangkok

Bangkok is the capital and the most populous city of Thailand. This __________________ metropolis is also one of the most traveller-friendly cities in Asia. Bangkok was not the first capital of Thailand, in fact it has taken that role comparatively not long ago.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


8

Образуйте от слова ACHIEVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

To the north lie the ancient capitals Ayuthaya and Sukothai.The __________________ of Sukothai in the arts, literature and law were considerable.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


9

Образуйте от слова IMPRESS однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The ruins are __________________.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


10

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I visited Sukothai recently, during the __________________ Thailand festival of lights, when tiny vessels are set to float in rivers and lakes as offerings to the river goddess.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


11

Образуйте от слова TOUR однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

It is during Thailand’s festivals that it becomes most obvious to any __________________ that despite the country’s recent modernization, its culture, its spiritual heritage, is as real to Thai people as it has ever been.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово MAKE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Rogers was cautioned not to try to be funny because the President had no sense of humour. Rogers bet that he __________________ Coolidge laugh within 20 seconds.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово RISE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Global warming

In northern Québec and Labrador, temperatures __________________ two degrees Celsius since the mid-1990s. That rise has helped more trees grow in the area which was previously too cold for trees.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WARM так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

And the more trees that grow, the __________________ the region becomes.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“The cold landscape that we are accustomed to in northern Canada __________________ a thing of the past soon,” specialists predict.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово INVITE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Sense of humour

There are many funny stories about Will Rogers, a famous American actor and humorist. Once he __________________ to the White House to meet President Calvin Coolidge.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово QUESTION так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

When the formal introduction was made and the words “Mr. President, may I introduce my friend, Mr. Will Rogers,” were pronounced, Rogers held out his hand with a __________________ look and said, “Pardon me, I didn’t quite get the name.”

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WIN так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Coolidge roared with laughter, and Rogers __________________ the bet.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


7

Образуйте от слова TROPIC однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bangkok

Bangkok is the capital and the most populous city of Thailand. This __________________ metropolis is also one of the most traveller-friendly cities in Asia. Bangkok was not the first capital of Thailand, in fact it has taken that role comparatively not long ago.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


8

Образуйте от слова ACHIEVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

To the north lie the ancient capitals Ayuthaya and Sukothai.The __________________ of Sukothai in the arts, literature and law were considerable.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


9

Образуйте от слова IMPRESS однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The ruins are __________________.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


10

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I visited Sukothai recently, during the __________________ Thailand festival of lights, when tiny vessels are set to float in rivers and lakes as offerings to the river goddess.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


11

Образуйте от слова TOUR однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

It is during Thailand’s festivals that it becomes most obvious to any __________________ that despite the country’s recent modernization, its culture, its spiritual heritage, is as real to Thai people as it has ever been.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово QUESTION так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

When the formal introduction was made and the words “Mr. President, may I introduce my friend, Mr. Will Rogers,” were pronounced, Rogers held out his hand with a __________________ look and said, “Pardon me, I didn’t quite get the name.”

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово RISE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Global warming

In northern Québec and Labrador, temperatures __________________ two degrees Celsius since the mid-1990s. That rise has helped more trees grow in the area which was previously too cold for trees.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WARM так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

And the more trees that grow, the __________________ the region becomes.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“The cold landscape that we are accustomed to in northern Canada __________________ a thing of the past soon,” specialists predict.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово INVITE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Sense of humour

There are many funny stories about Will Rogers, a famous American actor and humorist. Once he __________________ to the White House to meet President Calvin Coolidge.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово MAKE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Rogers was cautioned not to try to be funny because the President had no sense of humour. Rogers bet that he __________________ Coolidge laugh within 20 seconds.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WIN так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Coolidge roared with laughter, and Rogers __________________ the bet.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


7

Образуйте от слова TROPIC однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bangkok

Bangkok is the capital and the most populous city of Thailand. This __________________ metropolis is also one of the most traveller-friendly cities in Asia. Bangkok was not the first capital of Thailand, in fact it has taken that role comparatively not long ago.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


8

Образуйте от слова ACHIEVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

To the north lie the ancient capitals Ayuthaya and Sukothai.The __________________ of Sukothai in the arts, literature and law were considerable.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


9

Образуйте от слова IMPRESS однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The ruins are __________________.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


10

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I visited Sukothai recently, during the __________________ Thailand festival of lights, when tiny vessels are set to float in rivers and lakes as offerings to the river goddess.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


11

Образуйте от слова TOUR однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

It is during Thailand’s festivals that it becomes most obvious to any __________________ that despite the country’s recent modernization, its culture, its spiritual heritage, is as real to Thai people as it has ever been.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WIN так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Coolidge roared with laughter, and Rogers __________________ the bet.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово RISE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Global warming

In northern Québec and Labrador, temperatures __________________ two degrees Celsius since the mid-1990s. That rise has helped more trees grow in the area which was previously too cold for trees.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WARM так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

And the more trees that grow, the __________________ the region becomes.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“The cold landscape that we are accustomed to in northern Canada __________________ a thing of the past soon,” specialists predict.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово INVITE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Sense of humour

There are many funny stories about Will Rogers, a famous American actor and humorist. Once he __________________ to the White House to meet President Calvin Coolidge.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово MAKE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Rogers was cautioned not to try to be funny because the President had no sense of humour. Rogers bet that he __________________ Coolidge laugh within 20 seconds.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово QUESTION так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

When the formal introduction was made and the words “Mr. President, may I introduce my friend, Mr. Will Rogers,” were pronounced, Rogers held out his hand with a __________________ look and said, “Pardon me, I didn’t quite get the name.”

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


7

Образуйте от слова TROPIC однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bangkok

Bangkok is the capital and the most populous city of Thailand. This __________________ metropolis is also one of the most traveller-friendly cities in Asia. Bangkok was not the first capital of Thailand, in fact it has taken that role comparatively not long ago.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


8

Образуйте от слова ACHIEVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

To the north lie the ancient capitals Ayuthaya and Sukothai.The __________________ of Sukothai in the arts, literature and law were considerable.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


9

Образуйте от слова IMPRESS однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The ruins are __________________.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


10

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I visited Sukothai recently, during the __________________ Thailand festival of lights, when tiny vessels are set to float in rivers and lakes as offerings to the river goddess.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


11

Образуйте от слова TOUR однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

It is during Thailand’s festivals that it becomes most obvious to any __________________ that despite the country’s recent modernization, its culture, its spiritual heritage, is as real to Thai people as it has ever been.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


12

Образуйте от слова LARGE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Thailand may have become assimilated into the modern world but its soul is __________________ untouched.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 24.04.2014. Досрочный экзамен. Вариант 2


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «FLY» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Difficult landing

One airline had a policy that required the first officer to stand at the door while the passengers exited. He smiled and thanked them for __________________ the airline.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HAVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

A pilot on this airline landed his plane into the runway really hard. He thought that passengers __________________ angry comments.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово THEY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

However, it seemed that all of __________________ were too shocked to say anything. Finally, everyone got off except for a little old lady. She said, ‘Can I ask you a question?’ ‘Yes, Madam,’ said the pilot. ‘What was it?’ the lady asked, ‘Did we land or were we shot down?’

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BUILD так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Alhambra

The Alhambra is a palace and fortress in Granada. It __________________ between 1238 and 1358 at the end of Muslim rule in Spain. Despite the development that followed the Christian conquest, it still looks like a medieval Moorish settlement.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SURVIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Since the Middle Ages, the Alhambra __________________ as a remarkable example of a Spanish-Moorish town. As most fortresses of that time, it has a surrounding wall, but it looks fairly weak.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово NOT DEFEND так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Later it __________________ the kings of Granada and was just supposed to offer nice views.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово CONSIDER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Today, the Alhambra __________________ to be one of the greatest examples of Islamic architecture.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


7

Образуйте от слова SUDDEN однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Victoria Falls

Before you even see the falls, you hear and feel them. As you walk along the trail to the entrance, the sound of rumbling water sounds in the background and __________________ your face is hit with a breeze of humidity and mist.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


8

Образуйте от слова VOLCANO однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

At 2 km wide and 100 m tall, Victoria Falls is the world’s largest curtain of falling water, and is twice the width and height of Niagara Falls. Victoria Falls was formed from intense __________________ activity almost 200 million years ago.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


9

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

As you approach Victoria Falls from the nearby town of Livingstone, you first have to pass a larger-than-life statue of Livingstone, one of the most __________________ explorers.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


10

Образуйте от слова EUROPE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Livingstone was the first __________________ to see Victoria Falls and then spread the word about them,” said Dr. Lawrence.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


11

Образуйте от слова EXCITE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Part of the reason the news of great waterfalls in central Africa was so __________________ in the middle of the 19th century was that many people thought that the centre of the continent was a desert,” he added.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HAVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

A pilot on this airline landed his plane into the runway really hard. He thought that passengers __________________ angry comments.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «FLY» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Difficult landing

One airline had a policy that required the first officer to stand at the door while the passengers exited. He smiled and thanked them for __________________ the airline.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово THEY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

However, it seemed that all of __________________ were too shocked to say anything. Finally, everyone got off except for a little old lady. She said, ‘Can I ask you a question?’ ‘Yes, Madam,’ said the pilot. ‘What was it?’ the lady asked, ‘Did we land or were we shot down?’

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BUILD так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Alhambra

The Alhambra is a palace and fortress in Granada. It __________________ between 1238 and 1358 at the end of Muslim rule in Spain. Despite the development that followed the Christian conquest, it still looks like a medieval Moorish settlement.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SURVIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Since the Middle Ages, the Alhambra __________________ as a remarkable example of a Spanish-Moorish town. As most fortresses of that time, it has a surrounding wall, but it looks fairly weak.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово NOT DEFEND так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Later it __________________ the kings of Granada and was just supposed to offer nice views.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово CONSIDER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Today, the Alhambra __________________ to be one of the greatest examples of Islamic architecture.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


7

Образуйте от слова SUDDEN однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Victoria Falls

Before you even see the falls, you hear and feel them. As you walk along the trail to the entrance, the sound of rumbling water sounds in the background and __________________ your face is hit with a breeze of humidity and mist.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


8

Образуйте от слова VOLCANO однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

At 2 km wide and 100 m tall, Victoria Falls is the world’s largest curtain of falling water, and is twice the width and height of Niagara Falls. Victoria Falls was formed from intense __________________ activity almost 200 million years ago.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


9

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

As you approach Victoria Falls from the nearby town of Livingstone, you first have to pass a larger-than-life statue of Livingstone, one of the most __________________ explorers.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


10

Образуйте от слова EUROPE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Livingstone was the first __________________ to see Victoria Falls and then spread the word about them,” said Dr. Lawrence.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


11

Образуйте от слова EXCITE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Part of the reason the news of great waterfalls in central Africa was so __________________ in the middle of the 19th century was that many people thought that the centre of the continent was a desert,” he added.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово THEY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

However, it seemed that all of __________________ were too shocked to say anything. Finally, everyone got off except for a little old lady. She said, ‘Can I ask you a question?’ ‘Yes, Madam,’ said the pilot. ‘What was it?’ the lady asked, ‘Did we land or were we shot down?’

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «FLY» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Difficult landing

One airline had a policy that required the first officer to stand at the door while the passengers exited. He smiled and thanked them for __________________ the airline.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HAVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

A pilot on this airline landed his plane into the runway really hard. He thought that passengers __________________ angry comments.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BUILD так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Alhambra

The Alhambra is a palace and fortress in Granada. It __________________ between 1238 and 1358 at the end of Muslim rule in Spain. Despite the development that followed the Christian conquest, it still looks like a medieval Moorish settlement.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SURVIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Since the Middle Ages, the Alhambra __________________ as a remarkable example of a Spanish-Moorish town. As most fortresses of that time, it has a surrounding wall, but it looks fairly weak.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово NOT DEFEND так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Later it __________________ the kings of Granada and was just supposed to offer nice views.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово CONSIDER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Today, the Alhambra __________________ to be one of the greatest examples of Islamic architecture.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


7

Образуйте от слова SUDDEN однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Victoria Falls

Before you even see the falls, you hear and feel them. As you walk along the trail to the entrance, the sound of rumbling water sounds in the background and __________________ your face is hit with a breeze of humidity and mist.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


8

Образуйте от слова VOLCANO однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

At 2 km wide and 100 m tall, Victoria Falls is the world’s largest curtain of falling water, and is twice the width and height of Niagara Falls. Victoria Falls was formed from intense __________________ activity almost 200 million years ago.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


9

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

As you approach Victoria Falls from the nearby town of Livingstone, you first have to pass a larger-than-life statue of Livingstone, one of the most __________________ explorers.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


10

Образуйте от слова EUROPE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Livingstone was the first __________________ to see Victoria Falls and then spread the word about them,” said Dr. Lawrence.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


11

Образуйте от слова EXCITE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Part of the reason the news of great waterfalls in central Africa was so __________________ in the middle of the 19th century was that many people thought that the centre of the continent was a desert,” he added.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BUILD так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Alhambra

The Alhambra is a palace and fortress in Granada. It __________________ between 1238 and 1358 at the end of Muslim rule in Spain. Despite the development that followed the Christian conquest, it still looks like a medieval Moorish settlement.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «FLY» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Difficult landing

One airline had a policy that required the first officer to stand at the door while the passengers exited. He smiled and thanked them for __________________ the airline.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HAVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

A pilot on this airline landed his plane into the runway really hard. He thought that passengers __________________ angry comments.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово THEY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

However, it seemed that all of __________________ were too shocked to say anything. Finally, everyone got off except for a little old lady. She said, ‘Can I ask you a question?’ ‘Yes, Madam,’ said the pilot. ‘What was it?’ the lady asked, ‘Did we land or were we shot down?’

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SURVIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Since the Middle Ages, the Alhambra __________________ as a remarkable example of a Spanish-Moorish town. As most fortresses of that time, it has a surrounding wall, but it looks fairly weak.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово NOT DEFEND так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Later it __________________ the kings of Granada and was just supposed to offer nice views.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово CONSIDER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Today, the Alhambra __________________ to be one of the greatest examples of Islamic architecture.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


7

Образуйте от слова SUDDEN однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Victoria Falls

Before you even see the falls, you hear and feel them. As you walk along the trail to the entrance, the sound of rumbling water sounds in the background and __________________ your face is hit with a breeze of humidity and mist.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


8

Образуйте от слова VOLCANO однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

At 2 km wide and 100 m tall, Victoria Falls is the world’s largest curtain of falling water, and is twice the width and height of Niagara Falls. Victoria Falls was formed from intense __________________ activity almost 200 million years ago.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


9

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

As you approach Victoria Falls from the nearby town of Livingstone, you first have to pass a larger-than-life statue of Livingstone, one of the most __________________ explorers.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


10

Образуйте от слова EUROPE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Livingstone was the first __________________ to see Victoria Falls and then spread the word about them,” said Dr. Lawrence.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


11

Образуйте от слова EXCITE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Part of the reason the news of great waterfalls in central Africa was so __________________ in the middle of the 19th century was that many people thought that the centre of the continent was a desert,” he added.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SURVIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Since the Middle Ages, the Alhambra __________________ as a remarkable example of a Spanish-Moorish town. As most fortresses of that time, it has a surrounding wall, but it looks fairly weak.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «FLY» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Difficult landing

One airline had a policy that required the first officer to stand at the door while the passengers exited. He smiled and thanked them for __________________ the airline.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HAVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

A pilot on this airline landed his plane into the runway really hard. He thought that passengers __________________ angry comments.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово THEY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

However, it seemed that all of __________________ were too shocked to say anything. Finally, everyone got off except for a little old lady. She said, ‘Can I ask you a question?’ ‘Yes, Madam,’ said the pilot. ‘What was it?’ the lady asked, ‘Did we land or were we shot down?’

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BUILD так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Alhambra

The Alhambra is a palace and fortress in Granada. It __________________ between 1238 and 1358 at the end of Muslim rule in Spain. Despite the development that followed the Christian conquest, it still looks like a medieval Moorish settlement.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово NOT DEFEND так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Later it __________________ the kings of Granada and was just supposed to offer nice views.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово CONSIDER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Today, the Alhambra __________________ to be one of the greatest examples of Islamic architecture.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


7

Образуйте от слова SUDDEN однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Victoria Falls

Before you even see the falls, you hear and feel them. As you walk along the trail to the entrance, the sound of rumbling water sounds in the background and __________________ your face is hit with a breeze of humidity and mist.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


8

Образуйте от слова VOLCANO однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

At 2 km wide and 100 m tall, Victoria Falls is the world’s largest curtain of falling water, and is twice the width and height of Niagara Falls. Victoria Falls was formed from intense __________________ activity almost 200 million years ago.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


9

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

As you approach Victoria Falls from the nearby town of Livingstone, you first have to pass a larger-than-life statue of Livingstone, one of the most __________________ explorers.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


10

Образуйте от слова EUROPE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Livingstone was the first __________________ to see Victoria Falls and then spread the word about them,” said Dr. Lawrence.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


11

Образуйте от слова EXCITE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Part of the reason the news of great waterfalls in central Africa was so __________________ in the middle of the 19th century was that many people thought that the centre of the continent was a desert,” he added.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово NOT DEFEND так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Later it __________________ the kings of Granada and was just supposed to offer nice views.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «FLY» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Difficult landing

One airline had a policy that required the first officer to stand at the door while the passengers exited. He smiled and thanked them for __________________ the airline.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HAVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

A pilot on this airline landed his plane into the runway really hard. He thought that passengers __________________ angry comments.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово THEY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

However, it seemed that all of __________________ were too shocked to say anything. Finally, everyone got off except for a little old lady. She said, ‘Can I ask you a question?’ ‘Yes, Madam,’ said the pilot. ‘What was it?’ the lady asked, ‘Did we land or were we shot down?’

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BUILD так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Alhambra

The Alhambra is a palace and fortress in Granada. It __________________ between 1238 and 1358 at the end of Muslim rule in Spain. Despite the development that followed the Christian conquest, it still looks like a medieval Moorish settlement.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SURVIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Since the Middle Ages, the Alhambra __________________ as a remarkable example of a Spanish-Moorish town. As most fortresses of that time, it has a surrounding wall, but it looks fairly weak.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово CONSIDER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Today, the Alhambra __________________ to be one of the greatest examples of Islamic architecture.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


7

Образуйте от слова SUDDEN однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Victoria Falls

Before you even see the falls, you hear and feel them. As you walk along the trail to the entrance, the sound of rumbling water sounds in the background and __________________ your face is hit with a breeze of humidity and mist.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


8

Образуйте от слова VOLCANO однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

At 2 km wide and 100 m tall, Victoria Falls is the world’s largest curtain of falling water, and is twice the width and height of Niagara Falls. Victoria Falls was formed from intense __________________ activity almost 200 million years ago.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


9

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

As you approach Victoria Falls from the nearby town of Livingstone, you first have to pass a larger-than-life statue of Livingstone, one of the most __________________ explorers.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


10

Образуйте от слова EUROPE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Livingstone was the first __________________ to see Victoria Falls and then spread the word about them,” said Dr. Lawrence.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


11

Образуйте от слова EXCITE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Part of the reason the news of great waterfalls in central Africa was so __________________ in the middle of the 19th century was that many people thought that the centre of the continent was a desert,” he added.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово CONSIDER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Today, the Alhambra __________________ to be one of the greatest examples of Islamic architecture.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «FLY» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Difficult landing

One airline had a policy that required the first officer to stand at the door while the passengers exited. He smiled and thanked them for __________________ the airline.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово HAVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

A pilot on this airline landed his plane into the runway really hard. He thought that passengers __________________ angry comments.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово THEY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

However, it seemed that all of __________________ were too shocked to say anything. Finally, everyone got off except for a little old lady. She said, ‘Can I ask you a question?’ ‘Yes, Madam,’ said the pilot. ‘What was it?’ the lady asked, ‘Did we land or were we shot down?’

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BUILD так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Alhambra

The Alhambra is a palace and fortress in Granada. It __________________ between 1238 and 1358 at the end of Muslim rule in Spain. Despite the development that followed the Christian conquest, it still looks like a medieval Moorish settlement.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SURVIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Since the Middle Ages, the Alhambra __________________ as a remarkable example of a Spanish-Moorish town. As most fortresses of that time, it has a surrounding wall, but it looks fairly weak.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово NOT DEFEND так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Later it __________________ the kings of Granada and was just supposed to offer nice views.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


7

Образуйте от слова SUDDEN однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Victoria Falls

Before you even see the falls, you hear and feel them. As you walk along the trail to the entrance, the sound of rumbling water sounds in the background and __________________ your face is hit with a breeze of humidity and mist.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


8

Образуйте от слова VOLCANO однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

At 2 km wide and 100 m tall, Victoria Falls is the world’s largest curtain of falling water, and is twice the width and height of Niagara Falls. Victoria Falls was formed from intense __________________ activity almost 200 million years ago.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


9

Образуйте от слова FAME однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

As you approach Victoria Falls from the nearby town of Livingstone, you first have to pass a larger-than-life statue of Livingstone, one of the most __________________ explorers.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


10

Образуйте от слова EUROPE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Livingstone was the first __________________ to see Victoria Falls and then spread the word about them,” said Dr. Lawrence.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


11

Образуйте от слова EXCITE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

“Part of the reason the news of great waterfalls in central Africa was so __________________ in the middle of the 19th century was that many people thought that the centre of the continent was a desert,” he added.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


12

Образуйте от слова EXPLORE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Dr. Lawrence is a lecturer at Scotland’s University of Edinburgh who specialises in the history of science and __________________ in Africa.

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку

Источник: Демонстрационная версия ЕГЭ—2015 по английскому языку


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «NEAR» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bouvet Island

Bouvet Island is a dependent area of Norway. It is an uninhabited volcanic island in the South Atlantic Ocean where the_____human life resides thousands of miles away.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово COVER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island has an area of 49 square kilometres, the biggest part of which _____by a glacier.


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SPOT так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ on 1 January 1739. It is home to different sea creatures.


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ a nature reserve since 1971.


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово TWELVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My dream house

I live in a block of flats in one of the residential areas of my town. My flat is on the _____floor. When the lift is faulty, it is very hard to get to the flat on foot.


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово LIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I often think about a big ideal house in the suburbs I ______ in without noisy neighbours to disturb me.


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово I так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I would like to have a green house with rare plants from all over the world. I could take care of them _____.

In the future when I grow up, graduate from university and get a well-paid job, I’ll definitely buy the house I’m

dreaming about now.


7

Образуйте от слова NATURAL однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Robots of the future

Robotic engineers are designing the next generation of robots to look, feel and act more human, to make it easier for us to warm up to a cold machine.

Realistic looking hair and skin with embedded sensors will allow robots to react __________ in their environment.


8

Образуйте от слова NOTICED однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

For example, a robot that senses your touch on the shoulder turns to greet you.

Subtle actions by robots that go _______ between people, help bring them to life and can also relay non verbal communication.


9

Образуйте от слова MOVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Artificial eyes can move and blink. Slight chest ________ simulate breathing.


10

Образуйте от слова FACE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Man-made muscles are able to change _______ expressions.


11

Образуйте от слова ACCEPT однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

These are all must have attributes for the socially _________ robots of the future.


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово COVER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island has an area of 49 square kilometres, the biggest part of which _____by a glacier.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «NEAR» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bouvet Island

Bouvet Island is a dependent area of Norway. It is an uninhabited volcanic island in the South Atlantic Ocean where the_____human life resides thousands of miles away.


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SPOT так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ on 1 January 1739. It is home to different sea creatures.


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ a nature reserve since 1971.


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово TWELVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My dream house

I live in a block of flats in one of the residential areas of my town. My flat is on the _____floor. When the lift is faulty, it is very hard to get to the flat on foot.


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово LIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I often think about a big ideal house in the suburbs I ______ in without noisy neighbours to disturb me.


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово I так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I would like to have a green house with rare plants from all over the world. I could take care of them _____.

In the future when I grow up, graduate from university and get a well-paid job, I’ll definitely buy the house I’m

dreaming about now.


7

Образуйте от слова NATURAL однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Robots of the future

Robotic engineers are designing the next generation of robots to look, feel and act more human, to make it easier for us to warm up to a cold machine.

Realistic looking hair and skin with embedded sensors will allow robots to react __________ in their environment.


8

Образуйте от слова NOTICED однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

For example, a robot that senses your touch on the shoulder turns to greet you.

Subtle actions by robots that go _______ between people, help bring them to life and can also relay non verbal communication.


9

Образуйте от слова MOVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Artificial eyes can move and blink. Slight chest ________ simulate breathing.


10

Образуйте от слова FACE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Man-made muscles are able to change _______ expressions.


11

Образуйте от слова ACCEPT однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

These are all must have attributes for the socially _________ robots of the future.


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SPOT так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ on 1 January 1739. It is home to different sea creatures.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «NEAR» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bouvet Island

Bouvet Island is a dependent area of Norway. It is an uninhabited volcanic island in the South Atlantic Ocean where the_____human life resides thousands of miles away.


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово COVER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island has an area of 49 square kilometres, the biggest part of which _____by a glacier.


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ a nature reserve since 1971.


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово TWELVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My dream house

I live in a block of flats in one of the residential areas of my town. My flat is on the _____floor. When the lift is faulty, it is very hard to get to the flat on foot.


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово LIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I often think about a big ideal house in the suburbs I ______ in without noisy neighbours to disturb me.


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово I так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I would like to have a green house with rare plants from all over the world. I could take care of them _____.

In the future when I grow up, graduate from university and get a well-paid job, I’ll definitely buy the house I’m

dreaming about now.


7

Образуйте от слова NATURAL однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Robots of the future

Robotic engineers are designing the next generation of robots to look, feel and act more human, to make it easier for us to warm up to a cold machine.

Realistic looking hair and skin with embedded sensors will allow robots to react __________ in their environment.


8

Образуйте от слова NOTICED однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

For example, a robot that senses your touch on the shoulder turns to greet you.

Subtle actions by robots that go _______ between people, help bring them to life and can also relay non verbal communication.


9

Образуйте от слова MOVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Artificial eyes can move and blink. Slight chest ________ simulate breathing.


10

Образуйте от слова FACE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Man-made muscles are able to change _______ expressions.


11

Образуйте от слова ACCEPT однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

These are all must have attributes for the socially _________ robots of the future.


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ a nature reserve since 1971.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «NEAR» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bouvet Island

Bouvet Island is a dependent area of Norway. It is an uninhabited volcanic island in the South Atlantic Ocean where the_____human life resides thousands of miles away.


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово COVER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island has an area of 49 square kilometres, the biggest part of which _____by a glacier.


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SPOT так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ on 1 January 1739. It is home to different sea creatures.


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово TWELVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My dream house

I live in a block of flats in one of the residential areas of my town. My flat is on the _____floor. When the lift is faulty, it is very hard to get to the flat on foot.


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово LIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I often think about a big ideal house in the suburbs I ______ in without noisy neighbours to disturb me.


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово I так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I would like to have a green house with rare plants from all over the world. I could take care of them _____.

In the future when I grow up, graduate from university and get a well-paid job, I’ll definitely buy the house I’m

dreaming about now.


7

Образуйте от слова NATURAL однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Robots of the future

Robotic engineers are designing the next generation of robots to look, feel and act more human, to make it easier for us to warm up to a cold machine.

Realistic looking hair and skin with embedded sensors will allow robots to react __________ in their environment.


8

Образуйте от слова NOTICED однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

For example, a robot that senses your touch on the shoulder turns to greet you.

Subtle actions by robots that go _______ between people, help bring them to life and can also relay non verbal communication.


9

Образуйте от слова MOVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Artificial eyes can move and blink. Slight chest ________ simulate breathing.


10

Образуйте от слова FACE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Man-made muscles are able to change _______ expressions.


11

Образуйте от слова ACCEPT однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

These are all must have attributes for the socially _________ robots of the future.


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово TWELVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My dream house

I live in a block of flats in one of the residential areas of my town. My flat is on the _____floor. When the lift is faulty, it is very hard to get to the flat on foot.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «NEAR» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bouvet Island

Bouvet Island is a dependent area of Norway. It is an uninhabited volcanic island in the South Atlantic Ocean where the_____human life resides thousands of miles away.


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово COVER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island has an area of 49 square kilometres, the biggest part of which _____by a glacier.


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SPOT так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ on 1 January 1739. It is home to different sea creatures.


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ a nature reserve since 1971.


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово LIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I often think about a big ideal house in the suburbs I ______ in without noisy neighbours to disturb me.


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово I так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I would like to have a green house with rare plants from all over the world. I could take care of them _____.

In the future when I grow up, graduate from university and get a well-paid job, I’ll definitely buy the house I’m

dreaming about now.


7

Образуйте от слова NATURAL однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Robots of the future

Robotic engineers are designing the next generation of robots to look, feel and act more human, to make it easier for us to warm up to a cold machine.

Realistic looking hair and skin with embedded sensors will allow robots to react __________ in their environment.


8

Образуйте от слова NOTICED однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

For example, a robot that senses your touch on the shoulder turns to greet you.

Subtle actions by robots that go _______ between people, help bring them to life and can also relay non verbal communication.


9

Образуйте от слова MOVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Artificial eyes can move and blink. Slight chest ________ simulate breathing.


10

Образуйте от слова FACE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Man-made muscles are able to change _______ expressions.


11

Образуйте от слова ACCEPT однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

These are all must have attributes for the socially _________ robots of the future.


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово LIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I often think about a big ideal house in the suburbs I ______ in without noisy neighbours to disturb me.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «NEAR» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bouvet Island

Bouvet Island is a dependent area of Norway. It is an uninhabited volcanic island in the South Atlantic Ocean where the_____human life resides thousands of miles away.


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово COVER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island has an area of 49 square kilometres, the biggest part of which _____by a glacier.


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SPOT так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ on 1 January 1739. It is home to different sea creatures.


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ a nature reserve since 1971.


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово TWELVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My dream house

I live in a block of flats in one of the residential areas of my town. My flat is on the _____floor. When the lift is faulty, it is very hard to get to the flat on foot.


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово I так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I would like to have a green house with rare plants from all over the world. I could take care of them _____.

In the future when I grow up, graduate from university and get a well-paid job, I’ll definitely buy the house I’m

dreaming about now.


7

Образуйте от слова NATURAL однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Robots of the future

Robotic engineers are designing the next generation of robots to look, feel and act more human, to make it easier for us to warm up to a cold machine.

Realistic looking hair and skin with embedded sensors will allow robots to react __________ in their environment.


8

Образуйте от слова NOTICED однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

For example, a robot that senses your touch on the shoulder turns to greet you.

Subtle actions by robots that go _______ between people, help bring them to life and can also relay non verbal communication.


9

Образуйте от слова MOVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Artificial eyes can move and blink. Slight chest ________ simulate breathing.


10

Образуйте от слова FACE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Man-made muscles are able to change _______ expressions.


11

Образуйте от слова ACCEPT однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

These are all must have attributes for the socially _________ robots of the future.


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово I так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I would like to have a green house with rare plants from all over the world. I could take care of them _____.

In the future when I grow up, graduate from university and get a well-paid job, I’ll definitely buy the house I’m

dreaming about now.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «NEAR» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Bouvet Island

Bouvet Island is a dependent area of Norway. It is an uninhabited volcanic island in the South Atlantic Ocean where the_____human life resides thousands of miles away.


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово COVER так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island has an area of 49 square kilometres, the biggest part of which _____by a glacier.


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово SPOT так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ on 1 January 1739. It is home to different sea creatures.


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The island _____ a nature reserve since 1971.


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово TWELVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My dream house

I live in a block of flats in one of the residential areas of my town. My flat is on the _____floor. When the lift is faulty, it is very hard to get to the flat on foot.


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово LIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I often think about a big ideal house in the suburbs I ______ in without noisy neighbours to disturb me.


7

Образуйте от слова NATURAL однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Robots of the future

Robotic engineers are designing the next generation of robots to look, feel and act more human, to make it easier for us to warm up to a cold machine.

Realistic looking hair and skin with embedded sensors will allow robots to react __________ in their environment.


8

Образуйте от слова NOTICED однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

For example, a robot that senses your touch on the shoulder turns to greet you.

Subtle actions by robots that go _______ between people, help bring them to life and can also relay non verbal communication.


9

Образуйте от слова MOVE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Artificial eyes can move and blink. Slight chest ________ simulate breathing.


10

Образуйте от слова FACE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Man-made muscles are able to change _______ expressions.


11

Образуйте от слова ACCEPT однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

These are all must have attributes for the socially _________ robots of the future.


12

Образуйте от слова USE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

It may be less pleasant to work in the company of robots but definitely one of the main reasons is the high efficiency of the process of work as not much time will be spent on _______ talks.


Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово «WIN» так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The Sydney Opera House

For many years there was no good opera house in Australia. In 1954, Jorn Utzon from Denmark __________________ a competition organized by the Australian government to build an opera house. The construction lasted for fourteen years until 1973.

1

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BECOME так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Since then, the building __________________ the symbol of Australia.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


2

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово WALK так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

The best way to visit the Sydney Opera House is to see a show. In sunny weather visitors can take a picnic basket and enjoy __________________ around the Botanic Gardens near the Opera House.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


3

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово GIVE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My job in a restaurant

I was seventeen, when I __________________ a job in a local fast food restaurant.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


4

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово ONE так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Training was for three days. During the __________________ two days I watched videos about my job. During the last day of orientation, I had to be at the restaurant to see how things got done.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


5

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово BUSY так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

I began work on Saturday, which was the __________________ day of the week.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


6

Преобразуйте, если это необходимо, слово NOT CONNECT так, чтобы оно грамматически соответствовало содержанию текста.

My present job __________________ with cooking. I work for a computer company. I like it, but I miss communicating with people.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


7

Образуйте от слова BUILD однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

St. Basil’s Cathedral

St. Basil’s Cathedral in Moscow was built between 1555 and 1561. According to legends, Ivan the Terrible blinded its

__________________ so that they could never build such a magnificent structure again.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


8

Образуйте от слова TRUE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

However, these legends seem __________________. Old documents say that the same Russian architect built another

cathedral in Vladimir later.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


9

Образуйте от слова COLOUR однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

There is a deep contrast between the __________________ exterior of the church and its modest interior.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


10

Образуйте от слова DECORATE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

People can see very few __________________ and very narrow corridors inside.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна


11

Образуйте от слова TERRIBLE однокоренное слово так, чтобы оно грамматически и лексически соответствовало содержанию текста.

Several times throughout its history, the cathedral suffered __________________ from fires and enemy attacks.

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна

Источник: ЕГЭ по английскому языку 05.05.2015. Досрочная волна

Всего: 536    … 281–300 | 301–320 | 321–340 | 341–360 | 361–380 | 381–400 | 401–420 | 421–440 …

After graduating from medical school, Eugene Alford built a lucrative career as an ear, nose, and throat specialist and a facial plastic surgeon at Methodist Hospital. In the summers, he and his wife Mary, a dentist and former paediatric nurse, would join a church-sponsored medical mission to Honduras, where he operated on the needy in a rural clinic.

At home, Alford treated many prominent Houston residents, but he also waived his fee for less fortunate patients. Carolyn Thomas, for instance, went to see him with a large gauze bandage over a cavity in her face. She had been shot by her boyfriend, who had also killed her mother. The bullet had blown away Thomas’s nose, upper jaw, and right eye. Reconstruction would have cost a million dollars, but Alford, his medical team, and his hospital did it for free.

Whenever Alford needed to relax after a particularly gruelling period of work, he’d drive to his ranch in Bellville and lose himself in farm chores. He didn’t make it out there as often as he would have liked. As a plastic surgeon at Methodist Hospital, he had performed 800 operations over the previous year and was booked solid for months ahead.

So on a chilly Sunday a few days after Christmas, Alford headed out through the pine bush, intending to clear a trail for deer hunting. As he cut through underbrush in the south pasture, Alford brought the tractor to a halt in front of a dead white oak standing in his path. He nudged the trunk with the tractor’s front-end loader, expecting the tree to topple neatly to the ground. Instead the top half of the oak swayed towards him. In seconds, more than a ton of hardwood slammed down on him, crushing his spine.

Pinned to the steering wheel, Alford could barely breathe. He tried to hit the brakes, but his legs failed to respond. When he found he could move his hands, he turned off the ignition, then with great effort pulled his cell phone from his shirt pocket and called his wife on speed dial. ‘Mary,’ he gasped, ‘a tree fell on me. I’m going to die.’ ‘Don’t quit!’ she shouted. ‘We’re coming to get you!’ Alford was still conscious when his neighbours Kevin and Snuffy, alerted by Mary, hauled the tree off him. A rescue helicopter touched down minutes later, and Alford advised the paramedics on which drugs to administer to him. Then he blacked out.

He was flown to the trauma unit at Medical Centre in Houston, then quickly transferred to Methodist. The operation was successful, but the patient was still in danger. After almost two weeks in the TCU, Alford awoke, and his condition improved enough for him to be taken to a rehabilitation unit, where he began physical therapy and learned to use a wheelchair. In February 2008, six weeks after the accident, Alford returned to his 100-year-old home in Houston. At first, he was so weak that he could sit up only when strapped into a wheelchair.

Before the accident, Alford had been a solidly built six-footer and was used to being in charge. Now, entirely dependent on others, he fell into despair. ‘If it weren’t for my wife and kids, I would have killed myself,’ he says. But then the love started pouring in. Alford’s brother maintained a blog to provide updates about Alford’s recovery. Over the next three months, he received 40,000 messages from colleagues, former patients, acquaintances, even strangers. The outpouring raised his spirits. It also gave Mary a new perspective on him. For years, Alford’s schedule of 15-hour days hadn’t left him much time for her and the kids. ‘I’d just about decided you liked work more than us,’ Mary told him one day over lunch. ‘But now I realize you didn’t want to leave the hospital because there were so many folks that needed you. You couldn’t just abandon them.’

The couple refurbished their house with ramps, a wheelchair-accessible bathroom, and an elevator. They bought an extended-cab pickup truck and fitted it with a wheelchair hoist, a swivelling driver’s seat, and hand controls so Alford could drive himself.

But Alford’s goal was to make such adjustments temporary. After a month of physical therapy, he graduated from an electric to a manual wheelchair. The daily workouts built strength in his back and abdominal muscles, improving his ability to hold himself upright. Soon he was able to stand with the aid of a tubular steel frame; seated in his chair, he could now draw his legs toward his chest.

In May, Alford began the next phase of treatment. By putting a paralyzed patient through his paces, therapists hoped to grow new neuromuscular connections. After three months of this routine, Alford’s coordination had improved markedly. He felt ready to pick up a scalpel again, with the hospital’s approval. Alford still goes for four hours of rehab every morning and spends his evenings stretching and riding a motorized stationary bike to keep muscle spasms at bay. But in the hours between, he sees patients or performs surgeries—as many as five a week.

He’s eager to do more complex surgeries and plans to increase his workload. Walking remains uncertain. ‘I always tell him if I had a crystal ball, I’d be a millionaire,’ says Mar-cie Kern, one of his physical therapists. Still, the doctor considers himself a lucky man.

ВОПРОС 1 Eugene Alford
1) treated only prominent Houston residents.
2) did some charity work.
3) had fixed fees.
4) often visited his ranch in Bellville.

ВОПРОС 2 In paragraph 3 ‘gruelling’ means
1) extremely boring.
2) quite exciting.
3) very tiring.
4) highly uncomfortable.

ВОПРОС 3 As a result of the accident, the oak broke Alford’s
l)neck.
2) legs.
3)back.
4) chest.

ВОПРОС 4 Before the accident, Alford
1) was in charge of the hospital.
2) liked his work more than his family.
3) worked 15 hours a week.
4) could not spend much time with his wife and children.

ВОПРОС 5 To make Alford feel more comfortable
1) the family equipped their house with necessary facilities.
2) his 100-year-old house was redecorated.
3) the family bought a new house.
4) his old pickup truck was fitted with a wheelchair hoist.

ВОПРОС 6 After physical therapy and daily workouts
1) Alford didn’t need a wheelchair.
2) Alford’s stamina came back.
3) Alford started to perform simple operations.
4) Alford’s coordination improved markedly.

ВОПРОС 7 At present Alford
1) feels sorry for himself.
2) is planning to practise medicine as well as he used to.
3) is going to start walking.
4) wants to become a millionaire.

ВОПРОС 1: – 2
ВОПРОС 2: – 3
ВОПРОС 3: – 3
ВОПРОС 4: – 4
ВОПРОС 5: – 1
ВОПРОС 6: – 2
ВОПРОС 7: – 2

Task 1 Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифру, обозначающую соответствующую часть предложения, в таблицу.

Fire Crews Hunt Escaped Hamster

Eight firefighters have been called in to help find an escaped hamster. Two crews used a chocolate-covered camera and a vacuum cleaner A ____ , called Fudgie, at the home of a six-year-old girl in Dunbar, Scotland.

The girl’s mother said: ‘We came down for breakfast and discovered Fudgie had opened the top lid of her cage and had made her way into the kitchen and we think she has gone В ____ .’

The fire crews spent five hours trying to recover the pet after it ran down a hole in the kitchen floor. But, the hamster still refused С ____ .

In the search for Fudgie, the firefighters took the family cooker and gas pipes apart. They also dropped a mini-camera coated with chocolate under the floorboards. They then hoped to take out the hamster using a vacuum cleaner. Despite all their efforts, they failed to find Fudgie.

In the end, the firefighters put another camera down the hole D ____ , connected to the screen of the family home computer, to see if Fudgie appeared. Besides, the girl and her parents regularly dropped food E ____ .

At last, after eight days the hamster returned to her cage safe and sound. She crawled from the hole in the kitchen floor early in the morning. It was the girl’s father who first found Fudgie F ____ .

The girl said that day it was like Christmas morning for her. Her parents added that they too felt extremely happy when Fudgie had finally returned.

  1. through a small hole in the floor

  2. through the hole for the hamster

  3. and locked the runaway hamster

  4. to come out of the hole

  5. to look after the pet

  6. to try and locate the missing hamster

  7. and left it under the floorboards

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

4

7

2

3

Task 2

Speed of eating is ‘key to obesity’

If you eat very quickly, it may be enough to increase your risk of being overweight, research suggests.

Osaka University scientists looked at the eating habits of 3,000 people. Just about half of them told researchers that they A ______ . Compared with those who did not eat quickly, fast-eating men were 84% more likely to be overweight, and women were 100% more likely to В ______ .

Japanese scientists said that there were a number of reasons why eating fast С ______ . They said it could prevent the work of a signalling system which tells your brain to stop eating because your stomach is full. They said: ‘If you eat quickly you basically fill your stomach before the system has a chance to react, so you D _____ .

The researchers also explained that a mechanism that helps make us fat today, developed with evolution and helped people get more food in the periods when they were short of it. The scientists added that the habit of eating fast could be received from one’s parents genes or E ______ .

They said that, if possible, children should be taught to F ______ , and allowed to stop when they felt full up at mealtimes. ‘The advice of our grandmothers about chewing everything 20 times might be true — if you take a bit more time eating, it could have a positive influence on your weight.

  1. just overfill your stomach

  2. could be bad for your weight

  3. have a habit of eating quickly

  4. linked to obesity

  5. eat as slowly as possible

  6. put on weight

  7. learned at a very early age

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

1

7

5

Task 3

Hi-Tech Brings Families Together 

Technology is helping families stay in touch like never before, says a report carried out in the US.

Instead of driving people apart, mobile phones and the Internet are A ____ . The research looked at the differences in technology use between families with children and single adults. It found that traditional families have more hi-tech gadgets in their home В ____ . Several mobile phones were found in 89% of families and 66% had a high-speed Internet connection. The research also found that 58% of families have more С ____ .

Many people use their mobile phone to keep in touch and communicate with parents and children. Seventy percent of couples, D ____ , use it every day to chat or say hello. In addition, it was found that 42% of parents contact their children via their mobile every day.

The growing use of mobile phones, computers and the Internet means that families no longer gather round the TV to spend time together. 25% of those who took part in the report said they now spend less time E ____ . Only 58% of 18—29 year olds said they watched TV every day. Instead the research found that 52% of Internet users who live with their families go online F ____ several times a week and 51% of parents browse the web with their children.

Some analysts have worried that new technologies hurt families, but we see that technology allows for new kinds of connectedness built around cell phones and the Internet/ said the report.

  1. than any other group

  2. watching television

  3. in the company of someone else

  4. than two computers in the home

  5. communicated with their families

  6. helping them communicate

  7. owning a mobile

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

4

7

2

3

Task 4

The Power of ‘Hello’ 

I work at a company where there are hundreds of employees. I know most of them and almost all of them know me. It is all based on one simple principle: I believe every single person deserves to be acknowledged, A ______ .

When I was about 10 years old, I was walking down the street with my mother. She stopped to speak to Mr. Lee. I knew I could see Mr. Lee any time around the neighborhood, В ______ .

After we passed Mr. Lee, my mother said something that has stuck with me from that day until now. She said, ‘You let that be the last time you ever walk by somebody and not open up your mouth to speak, because even a dog can wag its tail С______ . That phrase sounds simple, but it has been a guidepost for me and the foundation of who I am. I started to see that when I spoke to someone, they spoke back. And that felt good. It is not just something I believe in — D ______ . I believe that every person deserves to feel someone acknowledges their presence, no matter how unimportant they may be.

At work, I always used to say ‘hello’ to the founder of the company and ask him how our business was doing. But I was also speaking to the people in the cafe, and asked how their children were doing. I remembered after a few years of passing by the founder, I had the courage to ask him for a meeting. We had a great talk.

At a certain point, I asked him E ______ . He said, ‘If you want to, you can get all the way to this seat.’ I have become vice president, but that has not changed the way I approach people. I speak to everyone I see, no matter where I am. I have learned that speaking to people creates a pathway into their world, F ______ .

  1. it has become a way of life.

  2. when it passes you on the street.

  3. when you see him and talk to him.

  4. and it lets them come into mine, too.

  5. so I did not pay any attention to him.

  6. however small or simple the greeting is.

  7. how far he thought I could go in his company.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

2

1

7

4

Task 5

Friendship and Love

 A strong friendship takes a significant amount of time to develop. It will not just magically mature overnight. A friendship involves committing oneself to help another person A ______ . I believe that, nothing can replace a true friend, not material objects, or money, and definitely not a boy.

I met this guy a couple summers ago who I ended up spending almost all of my free time with. His parents did not approve of our dating because of our age difference, В ______ . He had told me the day we met that he had joined the air force and would leave for overseas that coming October. After three months had past, the time came when he had to leave. This left me feeling completely alone.

I turned to my friends for support, but to my surprise, С ______ . I had spent so much time with this guy and so little time with them, that they did not feel sorry for me when he left. For so long they had become the only constant in my life, and I had taken them for granted over something D ______ .

When my boyfriend came back, our relationship changed. I tried to fix all the aspects in my life that had gone so wrong in the previous six months.

This experience taught me that true friendships will only survive if one puts forth effort to make them last. Keeping friends close will guarantee that E ______ . When a relationship falls apart, a friend will always do everything in their power to make everything less painful. As for me, I try to keep my friends as close as I can. I know they will always support me in whatever I do, and to them, I F ______ .

  1. but we did anyway.

  2. whenever a need arises.

  3. they did not really care.

  4. whenever they need your help.

  5. could not guarantee would even last.

  6. am eternally grateful for a second chance.

  7. someone will always have a shoulder to cry on.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

1

3

5

7

6

Task 6

Mobile phones

 On New Year’s Day, 1985, Michael Harrison phoned his father, Sir Ernest, to wish him a happy new year. Sir Ernest was chairman of Racal Electronics, the owner of Vodafone, A ______ .

At the time, mobile phones weighed almost a kilogram, cost several thousand pounds and provided only 20 minutes talktime. The networks themselves were small; Vodafone had just a dozen masts covering London. Nobody had any idea of the huge potential of wireless communication and the dramatic impact В ______ .

Hardly anyone believed there would come a day when mobile phones were so popular С ______ .But in 1999 one mobile phone was sold in the UK every four seconds, and by 2004 there were more mobile phones in the UK than people. The boom was a result of increased competition which pushed prices lower and created innovations in the way that mobiles were sold.

When the government introduced more competition, companies started cutting prices to attract more customers. Cellnet, for example, changed its prices, D ______ . It also introduced local call tariffs.

The way that handsets themselves were marketed was also changing and it was Finland’s Nokia who made E ______ . In the late 1990s Nokia realized that the mobile phone was a fashion item: so it offered interchangeable covers which allowed you to customize and personalize your handset.

The mobile phone industry has spent the later part of the past decade reducing its monthly charge F ______ , which has culminated in the fight between the iPhone and a succession of touch screen rivals.

  1. trying to persuade people to do more with their phones than just call and text

  2. that there would be more phones in the UK than there are people

  3. and relying instead on actual call charges

  4. that mobile phones would have over the next quarter century

  5. the leap from phones as technology to phones as fashion items

  6. and his son was making the first-ever mobile phone call in the UK

  7. the move to digital technology, connecting machines to wireless networks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

2

1

5

3

Task 7

London Zoo

 London Zoo is one of the most important zoos in the world. There are over 12,000 animals at London Zoo and A ______ ! Its main concern is to breed threatened animals in captivity. This means we might be able to restock the wild, should disaster ever befall the wild population.

Partula Snail, Red Crowned Crane, Arabian Oryx, Golden Lion Tamarin, Persian Leopard, Asiatic Lion and Sumatran Tiger are just some of the species London Zoo is helping to save.

That is why it is so important that we fight to preserve the habitats that these animals live in, as well as eliminate other dangers В ______ . But we aim to make your day at London Zoo a fun and memorable time, С ______ .

In the Ambika Paul Children’s Zoo, for instance, youngsters can learn a new love and appreciation for animals D ______ . They can also learn how to care for favourite pets in the Pet Care Centre.

Then there are numerous special Highlight events E ______ unforgettable pony rides to feeding times and spectacular animal displays. You will get to meet keepers and ask them what you are interested in about the animals they care for, F ______ .

Whatever you decide, you will have a great day. We have left no stone unturned to make sure you do!

  1. such as hunting exotic animals and selling furs

  2. as well as the ins and outs of being a keeper at London Zoo

  3. which take place every day, from

  4. because they see and touch them close up

  5. despite the serious side to our work

  6. which demand much time and effort

  7. that is not counting every ant in the colony

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

1

5

4

3

2

Task 8

‘Second Stonehenge’ discovered near original

 Archaeologists have discovered evidence of what they believe was a second Stonehenge located a little more than a mile away from the world-famous prehistoric monument.

The new find on the west bank of the river Avon has been called «Bluestonehenge», after the colour of the 25 Welsh stones of A______.

Excavations at the site have suggested there was once a stone circle 10 metres in diameter and surrounded by a henge — a ditch with an external bank, according to the project director, Professor Mike Parker Pearson, of the University of Sheffield.

The stones at the site were removed thousands of years ago but the sizes of the holes in B ______ indicate that this was a circle of bluestones, brought from the Preseli mountains of Wales, 150 miles away.

The standing stones marked the end of the avenue C _____, a 1¾-mile long processional route constructed at the end of the Stone Age. The outer henge around the stones was built about 2400BC but arrowheads found in the stone circle indicate the stones were put up as much as 500 years earlier.

Parker Pearson said his team was waiting for results of radiocarbon dating D _____ whether stones currently in the inner circle of Stonehenge were originally located at the other riverside construction.

Pearson said: «The big, big question is when these stones were erected and when they were removed — and when we get the dating evidence we can answer both those questions.»

He added: «We speculated in the past E ______ at the end of the avenue near the river. But we were completely unprepared to discover that there was an entire stone circle. Another team member, Professor Julian Thomas, said the discovery indicated F______was central to the religious lives of the people who built Stonehenge. «Old theories about Stonehenge that do not explain the evident significance of the river will have to be rethought,» he said. Dr Josh Pollard, project co-director from the University of Bristol, described the discovery as «incredible».

  1. which could reveal

  2. which they stood

  3. which it was once made up

  4. that this stretch of the river Avon

  5. that there might have been something

  6. that it should be considered as integral part

  7. that leads from the river Avon to Stonehenge

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

2

7

1

5

4

Task 9

Australia

 Australia was the last great landmass to be discovered by the Europeans. The continent they eventually discovered had already been inhabited for tens of thousands of years.

Australia is an island continent A _____ is the result of gradual changes wrought over millions of years.

B ____, Australia is one of the most stable land masses, and for about 100 million years has been free of the forces that have given rise to huge mountain ranges elsewhere.

From the east coast a narrow, fertile strip merges into the greatly eroded Great Dividing Range, C ____.

The mountains are merely reminders of the mighty range, D ____. Only in the section straddling the New South Wales border with Victoria and in Tasmania, are they high enough to have winter snow.

West of the range of the country becomes increasingly flat and dry. The endless flatness is broken only by salt lakes, occasional mysterious protuberances and some mountains E ____. In places the scant vegetation is sufficient to allow some grazing. However, much of the Australian outback is a barren land of harsh stone deserts and dry lakes.

The extreme north of Australia, the Top End, is a tropical area within the monsoon belt. F ____, it comes in more or less one short, sharp burst. This has prevented the Top End from becoming seriously productive area.

  1. that once stood here

  2. that is almost continent long

  3. whose property is situated to the north of Tasmania

  4. whose landscape — much of bleak and inhospitable

  5. whose beauty reminds of the MacDonald Ranges

  6. Although its annual rainfall looks adequate on paper

  7. Although there is still seismic activity in the eastern highland area

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

2

1

5

6

Task 10

Scotland Yard

 Scotland Yard is the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police in London. To most people, its name immediately brings to mind the picture of a detective — cool, efficient, ready to track down any criminal, or a helmeted police constable — A____ and trusty helper of every traveller from overseas.

Scotland Yard is situated on the Thames Embankment close to the Houses of Parliament and the familiar clock tower of Big Ben, and its jurisdiction extends over 740 square miles with the exception of the ancient City of London, B____.

One of the most successful developments in Scotland Yard’s crime detection and emergency service has been the “999 system”. On receipt of a call the 999 Room operator ascertains by electronic device the position of the nearest available police car, C ____. Almost instantly a message is also sent by teleprinter to the police station concerned so that within seconds of a call for assistance being received, a police car is on its way to the scene. An old-established section of the Metropolitan police is the Mounted Branch, with its strength of about 200 horses stabled at strategic points. These horses are particularly suited to ceremonial occasions, D ____.

An interesting branch of Scotland Yard is the branch of Police Dogs, first used as an experiment in 1939. Now these dogs are an important part of the Force. One dog, for example, can search a warehouse in ten minutes, E ____.

There is also the River Police, or Thames Division, which deals with all crimes occurring within its river boundaries.

There are two other departments of Scotland Yard – the Witness Room (known as the Rogues’ Gallery) where a photographic record of known and suspected criminals is kept, and the Museum, F ____.

  1. which is contacted by radio

  2. that familiar figure of the London scene

  3. for they are accustomed to military bands

  4. which possesses its own separate police force

  5. which contains murder relics and forgery exhibits

  6. that this policeman will bring the criminal to justice

  7. whereas the same search would take six men an hour

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

4

1

3

7

5

Task 11

Harry Potter course for university students 

Students of Durham University are being given the chance to sign up to what is thought to be the UK’s first course focusing on the world of Harry Potter. Although every English-speaking person in the world knows about Harry Potter books and films, few have thought of using them as a guide to … modern life.

The Durham University module uses the works of JK Rowling A ______ modern society. “Harry Potter and the Age of Illusion” will be available for study next year. So far about 80 undergraduates have signed В ______ a BA degree in Education Studies. Future educationalists will analyse JK Rowling’s fanfiction from various points of view.

A university spokesman said: “This module places the Harry Potter novels in a wider social and cultural context.” He added that a number of themes would be explored, С ______ the classroom, bullying, friendship and solidarity and the ideals of and good citizenship.

The module was created by the head of the Department of Education at Durham University. He said the idea for the new module had appeared in response D ______ body: “It seeks to place the series in its wider social and cultural context and will explore some fundamental issues E ______ . You just need to read the academic writing which started F ______ that Harry Potter is worthy of serious study.”

  1. up for the optional module, part of

  2. to emerge four or five years ago to see

  3. to examine prejudice, citizenship and bullying in

  4. such as the response of the writer

  5. including the world of rituals, prejudice and intolerance in

  6. to growing demand from the student

  7. such as the moral universe of the school

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

1

5

6

7

2

Task 12

Laughing and evolution

 The first hoots of laughter from an ancient ancestor of humans could be heard at least 10 million years ago, according to the results of a new study. Researchers used recordings of apes and babies being tickled A ______ to the last common ancestor that humans shared with the modern great apes, which include chimpanzees, gorillas and orangutans.

The finding challenges the opinion В ______ , suggesting instead that it emerged long before humans split from the evolutionary path that led to our primate cousins, between 10m and 16m years ago.

“In humans, laughing can be the strongest way of expressing how much we are enjoying ourselves, but it can also be used in other contexts, like making fun of someone,” said Marina Davila Ross, a psychologist at Portsmouth University. “I was interested in С ______ .”

Davila Ross travelled to seven zoos around Europe and visited a wildlife reserve in Sabah, Borneo, to record baby and juvenile apes D ______ . Great apes are known to make noises that are similar to laughter when they are excited and while they are playing with each other.

Davila Ross collected recordings of laughter from 21 chimps, gorillas, orangutans and bonobos and added recordings of three babies that were tickled to make them laugh.

To analyze the recordings, the team put them into a computer program. “Our evolutionary tree based on these acoustic recordings alone showed E ______ , but furthest from orangutans, with gorillas somewhere in the middle.” said Davila Ross. “What this shows is strong evidence to suggest F ______ .”

  1. whether laughing emerged earlier on than humans did

  2. to create the evolutionary tree linking humans and apes

  3. that laughter is a uniquely human trait

  4. that humans were closest to chimps and bonobos

  5. that laughing comes from a common primate ancestor

  6. while their caretakers tickled them

  7. to trace the origin of laughter back

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

3

1

6

4

5

Task 13

Nenets culture affected by global warming

 For 1,000 years the indigenous Nenets people have migrated along the 450-mile- long Yamal peninsula in northern Russia. In summer they wander northwards, taking their reindeer with them. In winter they return southwards.

But this remote region of north-west Siberia is now being affected by global warming. Traditionally the Nenets travel across the frozen River Ob in November A ___ around Nadym. These days, though, this annual winter migration is delayed. Last year the Nenets, together with many thousands of reindeer, had to wait until late December В ____ .

“Our reindeer were hungry. There wasn’t enough food,” Jakov Japtik, a Nenets reindeer herder, said. “The snow is melting sooner, quicker and faster than before. In spring it’s difficult for the reindeer to pull the sledges. They get tired,” Japtik said.

Herders say that the peninsula’s weather is increasingly unpredictable — with unseasonal snowstorms  С ___, and milder longer autumns. In winter, temperatures used to go down to -50°C. Now they are normally around -30°C, according to Japtik. “Obviously we prefer -30°C. But the changes aren’t good for the reindeer D ___,” he said, setting off on his sledge to round up his reindeer herd.

Even here, in one of the most remote parts of the planet, E __ . Last year the Nenets arrived at a regular summer camping spot and discovered that half of their lake had disappeared. The water had drained away after a landslide. The Nenets report other curious changes — there are fewer mosquitoes and a strange increase in flies. Scientists say there is unmistakable evidence F ___ .

  1. when the ice was finally thick enough to cross

  2. that the impact on Russia would be disastrous

  3. the environment is under pressure

  4. and in the end what is good for the reindeer is good for us

  5. and set up their camps in the southern forests

  6. that Yamal’s ancient permafrost is melting

  7. when the reindeer give birth in May

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

1

7

4

3

6

Task 14

Duration of life and its social implications

The world’s population is about to reach a landmark of huge social and economic importance, when the proportion of the global population over 65 outnumbers children under 5 for the first time. A new report by the US census bureau shows A____ , with enormous consequences for both rich and poor nations.

The rate of growth will shoot up in the next couple of years. The В ___ a combination of the high birth rates after the Second World War and more recent improvements in health that are bringing down death rates at older ages. Separate UN forecasts predict that the global population will be more than nine billion by 2050.

The US census bureau was the first to sound the С ___ . Its latest forecasts warn governments and international bodies that this change in population structure will bring widespread challenges at every level of human organization, starting with the structure of the family, which will be transformed as people live longer. This will in turn place new burdens on careers and social services providers, D ___ for health services and pensions systems.

“People are living longer and, in some parts of the world, healthier lives,” the authors conclude. “This represents one of the greatest achievements of the last century but also a significant challenge E ___ population.”

Ageing will put pressure on societies at all levels. One way of measuring that is to look at the older dependency ratio, F ___ that must be supported by them. The ODR is the number of people aged 65 and over for every 100 people aged 20 to 64. It varies widely, from just six in Kenya to 33 in Italy and Japan. The UK has an ODR of 26, and the US has 21.

  1. which recently replaced Italy as the world’s oldest major country

  2. alarm about these changes

  3. a huge shift towards an ageing population

  4. change is due to

  5. while patterns of work and retirement will have huge implications

  6. which shows the balance between working-age people and the older

  7. as proportions of older people increase in most countries

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

2

5

7

6

Task 15

Elephants sense ‘danger’ clothes

 St Andrews University researchers discovered that elephants could recognise the degree of danger posed by various groups of individuals. The study found that African elephants always reacted with fear A ______ previously worn by men of the Maasai tribe. They are known to demonstrate their courage by В ______ .

The elephants also responded aggressively to red clothing, which defines traditional Maasai dress.

However, the elephants showed a much milder reaction to clothing previously worn by the Kamba people, С ______ and pose little threat.

The researchers first presented elephants with clean, red clothing and with red clothing that had been worn for five days by D ______ .

They revealed that Maasai-smelt clothing motivated elephants to travel significantly faster in the first minute after they moved away.

They then investigated whether elephants could also use the colour of clothing as a cue to classify a potential threat and found the elephants reacted with aggression E ______ . This suggested that they associated the colour red with the Maasai.

The researchers believe the distinction in the elephants’ emotional reaction to smell and colour might be explained by F ______ . They might be able to distinguish among different human groups according to the level of risk they posed.

«We regard this experiment as just a start to investigating precisely how elephants ‘see the world’, and it may be that their abilities will turn out to equal or exceed those of our closer relatives, the monkeys and apes,» researchers added.

  1. either a Maasai or a Kamba man

  2. who do not hunt elephants

  3. when they detected the smell of clothes

  4. who carried out the research

  5. the amount of risk they sense

  6. spearing elephants

  7. when they spotted red but not white cloth

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

1

7

5

Task 16

Culture and customs

 In less than twenty years, the mobile telephone has gone from being rare, expensive equipment of the business elite to a pervasive, low-cost personal item. In many countries, mobile telephones A ___ ; in the U.S., 50 per cent of children have mobile telephones. In many young adults’ households it has supplanted the land-line telephone. The mobile phone is В ___ , such as North Korea.

Paul Levinson in his 2004 book Cellphone argues that by looking back through history we can find many precursors to the idea of people simultaneously walking and talking on a mobile phone. Mobile phones are the next extension in portable media, that now can be С ___ into one device. Levinson highlights that as the only mammal to use only two out of our four limbs to walk, we are left two hands free D ___ — like talking on a mobile phone.

Levinson writes that “Intelligence and inventiveness, applied to our need to communicate regardless of where we may be, led logically and eventually to telephones that we E ___ .”

Given the high levels of societal mobile telephone service penetration, it is a key means for people F ___ . The SMS feature spawned the «texting» sub-culture. In December 1993, the first person-to-person SMS text message was transmitted in Finland. Currently, texting is the most widely-used data service; 1.8 billion users generated $80 billion of revenue in 2006.

  1. to perform other actions

  2. outnumber traditional telephones

  3. to communicate with each other

  4. combined with the Internet

  5. to serve basic needs

  6. banned in some countries

  7. carry in our pockets

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

4

1

7

5

Task 17

My Stage

 My family moved to Rockaway, New Jersey in the summer of 1978. It was there that my dreams of stardom began.

I was nine years old. Heather Lambrix lived next door, and she and I became best friends. I thought she was so lucky A ___ . She took tap and jazz and got to wear cool costumes with bright sequences and makeup and perform on stage. I went to all of her recitals and В ___ .

My living room and sometimes the garage were my stage. I belonged to a cast of four, which consisted of Heather, my two younger sisters, Lisa and Faith, and I. Since I was the oldest and the bossiest, I was the director. Heather came with her own costumes С ___ . We choreographed most of our dance numbers as we went along. Poor Faith … we would throw her around D ___ . She was only about four or five … and so agile. We danced around in our bathing suits to audiocassettes and records from all the Broadway musicals. We’d put a small piece of plywood on the living room carpet, E ___ . And I would imitate her in my sneakers on the linoleum in the hall. I was a dancer in the making.

My dad eventually converted a part of our basement into a small theater. He hung two “spotlights” and a sheet for a curtain. We performed dance numbers to tunes like “One” and “The Music and the Mirror” from A Chorus Line. I sang all the songs from Annie. I loved to sing, F ___. I just loved to sing. So I belted out songs like “Tomorrow”, “Maybe” and “What I Did For Love.” I knew then, this is what I wanted to do with my life.

  1. like she was a rag doll

  2. whether I was good at it or not

  3. wished I, too, could be on stage

  4. and I designed the rest

  5. and I was star struck

  6. so Heather could do her tap routine

  7. because she got to go to dance lessons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

3

4

1

6

2

Task 18

Cat’s punctuality

 Sergeant Podge, a Norwegian Forest Cat, disappears from his owner’s home in a small town in Kent, every night. But what baffles his owner, Liz Bullard, mostly is the fact that the next morning, the 12-year-old cat always pops up in exactly the same place, A ___ . And every morning Ms. Bullard takes her son to school before collecting Sergeant Podge.

She said that the routine had set in earlier this year, when Sergeant Podge disappeared one day. Ms. Bullard spent hours telephoning her neighbours В ___ .

An elderly woman living about one and a half miles away called back to inform Ms. Bullard that she had found a cat matching Sergeant Podge’s description. Ms. Bullard picked him up but within days he vanished from sight again. She rang the elderly woman С ___ .

She said a routine has now become established, where each morning she takes her son to school before driving to collect Sergeant Podge D ___ .

It is thought Sergeant Podge walks across a golf course every night to reach his destination.

Ms. Bullard said: “If it’s raining he may be in the bush but he comes running if I clap my hands.” All she has to do is open the car passenger door from the inside for Sergeant Podge to jump in.

Ms. Bullard also makes the trip at weekends and during school holidays — E ___ .

She does not know why, after 12 years, Sergeant Podge has begun the routine but explained that another woman who lived nearby used to feed him sardines, and that he may be F ___ .

His owner doesn’t mind his wandering off at night as long as she knows where to collect him.

  1. on the look-out for more treats

  2. from the pavement between 0800 and 0815 GMT

  3. to discover Sergeant Podge was back outside her home

  4. on a pavement about one and a half miles (2.4km) away

  5. to identify if anyone had bumped into him

  6. when her son is having a lie-in

  7. collected by car every morning

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

5

3

2

6

1

Task 19

Do you speak English?

When I arrived in England I thought I knew English. After I’d been here an hour I realized that I did not understand one word. In the first week I picked up a tolerable working knowledge of the language and the next seven years convinced me gradually but thoroughly that I A ______ , let alone perfectly. This is sad. My only consolation being that nobody speaks English perfectly.

Remember that those five hundred words an average Englishman uses are B ______ . You may learn another five hundred and another five thousand and yet another fifty thousand and still you may come across a further fifty thousand C ______ .

If you live here long enough you will find out to your greatest amazement that the adjective nice is not the only adjective the language possesses, in spite of the fact that D ______ . You can say that the weather is nice, a restaurant is nice, Mr. Soandso is nice, Mrs. Soandso’s clothes are nice, you had a nice time, E ______ .

Then you have to decide on your accent. The easiest way to give the impression of having a good accent or no foreign accent at all is to hold an unlit pipe in your mouth, to mutter between your teeth and finish all your sentences with the question: “isn’t it?” People will not understand much, but they are accustomed to that and they will get a F ______ .

  1. whatever it costs

  2. most excellent impression

  3. you have never heard of before, and nobody else either

  4. in the first three years you do not need to learn or use any other adjectives

  5. would never know it really well

  6. far from being the whole vocabulary of the language

  7. and all this

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

6

3

4

7

2

Task 20

Before the Hubble Space Telescope was launched, scientists thought they knew the universe. They were wrong.

The Hubble Space Telescope has changed many scientists’ view of the universe. The telescope is named after American astronomer Edwin Hubble, A ______ .

He established that many galaxies exist and developed the first system for their classifications.

In many ways, Hubble is like any other telescope. It simply gathers light. It is roughly the size of a large school bus. What makes Hubble special is not what it is, B ______ .

Hubble was launched in 1990 from the “Discovery” space shuttle and it is about 350 miles above our planet, C ______ .

It is far from the glare of city lights, it doesn’t have to look through the air, D ______ .

And what a view it is! Hubble is so powerful it could spot a fly on the moon. Yet in an average orbit, it uses the same amount of energy as 28100-watt light bulbs. Hubble pictures require no film. The telescope takes digital images E ______ .

Hubble has snapped photos of storms on Saturn and exploding stars. Hubble doesn’t just focus on our solar system. It also peers into our galaxy and beyond. Many Hubble photos show the stars that make up the Milky Way galaxy. A galaxy is a city of stars.

Hubble cannot take pictures of the sun or other very bright objects, because doing so could “fry” the telescope’s instruments, but it can detect infrared and ultra violet light F ______ .

Some of the sights of our solar system that Hubble has glimpsed may even change the number of planets in it.

  1. which is above Earth’s atmosphere.

  2. which are transmitted to scientists on Earth.

  3. which is invisible to the human eye.

  4. who calculated the speed at which galaxies move.

  5. so it has a clear view of space.

  6. because many stars are in clouds of gas.

  7. but where it is.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

1

5

2

3

Task 21

The science of sound, or acoustics, as it is often called, has been made over radically within a comparatively short space of time. Not so long ago the lectures on sound in colleges and high schools dealt chiefly with the vibrations of such things as the air columns in organ pipes. Nowadays, however, thanks chiefly to a number of electronic instruments engineers can study sounds as effectively A ____ . The result has been a new approach to research in sound. Scientists have been able to make far-reaching discoveries in many fields of acoustics B _____ .

Foremost among the instruments that have revolutionized the study of acoustics are electronic sound-level meters also known as sound meters and sound-intensity meters. These are effective devices that first convert sound waves into weak electric signals, then amplify the signals through electronic means C ______ . The intensity of a sound is measured in units called decibels. “Zero” sound is the faintest sound D ______ . The decibel measures the ratio of the intensity of a given sound to the standard “zero” sound. The decibel scale ranges from 0 to 130. An intensity of 130 decibels is perceived not only as a sound, but also E ______ . The normal range of painlessly audible sounds for the average human ear is about 120 decibels. For forms of life other than ourselves, the range can be quite different.

The ordinary sound meter measures the intensity of a given sound, rather than its actual loudness. Under most conditions, however, it is a quite good indicator of loudness. Probably the loudest known noise ever heard by human ears was that of the explosive eruption in August, 1883, of the volcano of Krakatoa in the East Indies. No electronic sound meters, of course, were in existence then, but physicists estimate that the sound at its source must have had an intensity of 190 decibels, F ______ .

  1. and finally measure them.

  2. since it was heard 3,000 miles away.

  3. and they have been able to put many of these discoveries to practical use.

  4. that loud sound is of high intensity.

  5. as they study mechanical forces.

  6. as a painful sensation in the ear.

  7. that the unaided human ear can detect.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

3

1

7

6

2

Task 22

Chocolate 

Chocolate is made from a number of raw and processed foods produced from the seeds of tropical cacao trees. Cacao has been cultivated in A ______ at least 3000 years. For most of this time it was made into a drink called, in translation — “bitter water”. This is because В ______ to be fermented to develop a palatable flavour. After fermentation the beans are dried and roasted and the shell is removed to produce cacao nibs. These are then ground and liquefied into chocolate liquor. The liquor is then processed into cocoa solids or cocoa butter. Pure chocolate contains primarily cocoa solids and butter in different proportions. Much of С ______ with added sugar. Milk chocolate is sweetened chocolate that additionally contains either milk powder or condensed milk. White chocolate on the other D ______ is therefore not a true chocolate. Chocolate contains theobromine and phenethylamine which have physiological effects on the body. It is similar to serotonin levels in the brain. Scientists claim E ______ , can lower blood pressure. Recently, dark chocolate has also been promoted for its health benefits. But pet owners should remember that the presence of theobromine makes it toxic to cats and dogs. Chocolate is now one F______ , although 16 of the top 20 chocolate consuming countries are in Europe. Also interesting is that 66% of world chocolate is consumed between meals.

  1. the chocolate consumed today is made

  2. that chocolate, eaten in moderation

  3. central and southern America for

  4. of the world’s most popular flavours

  5. hand contains no cocoa solids and

  6. cacao seeds are intensely bitter and have

  7. many countries worldwide at

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

1

5

2

4

Task 23

Reality TV

 Reality TV seems to dominate broadcasting these days. But what is it, how did it emerge and why on earth is it so popular? The first question is easily answered. Reality TV A ______ presents unscripted, dramatic or humorous situations or events. It can involve celebrities В ______ of the public. Reality TV has been gradually growing in importance for over 60 years. “Candid Camera” — the show that filmed ordinary people reacting to set ups and pranks — started in 1948. Some people, however, believe it was the Japanese with their awful shows in the 1980s and 90s that brought reality TV to centre stage. Others believe С ______ that is called “Big Brother” was the show that spawned the reality TV age. But why are the shows so popular? Different theories come to life. Some believe that it is D ______ we like to watch horrible behaviour: the same instinct that once inspired the ancient Romans to go and watch gladiators destroy each other at the Coliseum. Others suggest a kind of voyeurism is involved there — an unhealthy curiosity to spy on other people’s lives.

Whatever the real reason — the trend seems to have already peaked. A lot of such shows E ______ or are expected to go in the near future. And the replacement seems to be talents shows — watching competitions in dance, singing and general entertainment. Does it mean that people are changing? It is too early to say. Most agree that these F ______ .

  1. due to basic human instinct that

  2. is still early to judge

  3. are simply the cycles of fashion

  4. but more usually the stars are members

  5. that the television phenomenon

  6. is a type of programme that

  7. seem to have disappeared

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

5

1

7

3

Task 24

Mikhail Lomonosov and Moscow State University

 Mikhail Lomonosov was one of the intellectual titans of XVIII century. His interests ranged from history, rhetoric, art and poetry A ______ . Alexander Pushkin described him as В ______ , whose lifelong passion was learning.

Lomonosov’s activity is a manifestation of the enormous potential of the Russian scientific community. Peter I reformed Russia, which allowed the country to reach the standard of С ______ many spheres. Great importance was placed on education. St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, founded by Peter I, established a university and a grammar school to educate intellectuals and researchers the country needed; however, these educational establishments could not fulfill the task they took on. It was Michail Lomonosov D ______ of establishing a university in Moscow. An influential courtier and the E ______ Count Shuvalov supported Lomonosov’s plans for a new university and presented them to the Empress.

In 1755, on 25 January-St. Tatiana’s Day according to the Russian Orthodox Church calendar — Elizaveta signed the decree that a university should be founded in Moscow. The opening ceremony took place on 26 April, when Elizaveta’s coronation day was celebrated. Since 1755 25 January and 26 April F ______ Moscow University; the annual conference where students present the results of their research work is traditionally held in April.

  1. who suggested in his letter to Count Shuvalov the idea

  2. to mechanics, chemistry and mineralogy

  3. a person of formidable willpower and keen scientific mind

  4. favourite of Empress Elizaveta Petrovna, the patron of arts and science

  5. the contemporary European powers in

  6. are marked by special events and festivities at

  7. famous among all educated people

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

3

5

1

4

6

Task 25

Window Shopping

 The day would be spent with my best friends Kath and Kate. We are actually three Catherines (by birth spelt with a C), A______ we are all K’s: Kat (that’s me), Kath and Kate — the 3K Window Shopping gang!

Window shopping is simply wonderful. You can look at any outfit. You can try on В ______ not a single item on sale for which the price is a problem. You will try something on, ponder, pout, twirl, think hard, check yourself in the mirror one last time and finally reflect С ______ right for you! The highlight of this regular adventure however, is generally the 3K chocolate and ice cream break in the Shopping Centre’s top floor cafii Of course we do not believe that we are wasting anyone’s time. We do D ______ as well, but a reliable equation for us is — 3Ks + shopping mall = a good time.

But E ______ out to be especially memorable. One of the stores had a questionnaire lottery with the first prize being a voucher worth £200. We filled in the question forms while in the cafiiand returned to the store by their 2.00pm deadline. Kate won the first prize but we had decided in advance that if any of us won something, we would share equally: All for one К and one for all! At this point our morning of window shopping paid off. We completed F ______ slightly less than 10 minutes: three skirts, three hats and three belts and three very OK, K’s.

  1. not like to spend our time

  2. that it’s probably not quite

  3. that particular day turned

  4. our real shopping in

  5. sometimes go shopping for real

  6. anything you want and there is

  7. but when we are together

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

6

2

5

3

4

Task 26

The Hotel

 “Have you stayed with us before sir?” asked the receptionist. His accent sounded middle-European; Czech possibly or Polish. Actually I hadn’t stayed at this particular hotel before A ______ to many others from the same chain that I had stayed at. “No — first time” I replied with unnecessary brevity. The thing is I always feel В ______ rather than treated as an individual. Every word that I was about to hear, I had heard before — delivered no doubt from the depths of a tourism and hospitality course. “Welcome to Newcastle sir. Is this your first visit to our city? Can I trouble you to complete this form? Actually the first two lines and the signature at the bottom will do. Would you like С ______ , Sir? This will automatically unlock room facilities like mini-bar and telephone and any other extras you may require. Can I see your passport sir?” The questions and information D ______ responses were actually required and I handed over my passport, credit card and partly filled out form. I was tempted to write under name and address “Donald Duck, Duck Towers, Disney Street” — E ______ ever read the form again. But being a creature of habit I wrote my real name and address. While my card was being processed I looked across the reception area through the wall height windows to the beautiful River Tyne. A wave of nostalgia came over me. It was good to be back. I found myself thinking about her again and wondering F ______ a voice broke in: “It’s a plastic key card sir. You also need it to activate the lift and when you get to your room, plug it into the switch on the left as you open the door. It will automatically supply electricity to the room. Any help with your baggage? No? Then enjoy your stay”. The accomplished young Pole smiled as he delivered the final command and duly processed, I proceeded to the card activated lift.

  1. me to take a print of your credit card

  2. points poured out smoothly, no verbal

  3. if I would even see her when

  4. although it seemed virtually identical

  5. so sure was I that nobody would

  6. me to help you with your luggage

  7. as if I am being processed like a product

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

1

2

5

3

5

Task 27

Lindsay Wildlife Museum

 Lindsay Wildlife Museum is a unique natural history and environmental education centre where visitors can listen to the cry of a red-tailed hawk, go eye-to-eye with a grey fox and watch a bald eagle eat lunch. More than fifty species of native California animals are on exhibit here.

 Thousands of school children learn about the natural environment in their classrooms A ____ of the museum. Nature- and science- oriented classes and trips are offered for adults and children. More than 600 volunteers help to feed and care for wild animals, В _____. Volunteers are active in the museum’s work, contributing С ____.

 The museum was founded by a local businessman, Alexander Lindsay. Sandy, as friends knew him, started teaching neighborhood children about nature in the early 1950s. Initially housed in an elementary school, the museum began offering school-aged children summer classes, D ____.

 After nearly a decade of the museum operation, it became apparent E ____. With a new 5,000 square-foot home, the museum could now develop and display a permanent collection of live, native wildlife and natural history objects. People came to the museum for help with wild animals F ___ urban growth. In response, a formal wildlife rehabilitation programme — the first of its kind in the United States of America — began in 1970.

  1. that a permanent, year-round site was necessary

  2. as well as field trips focused on the natural world

  3. many hours of service to wildlife care and fundraising

  4. that had been injured or orphaned because of intense

  5. that needed public attention and a new building

  6. as well as teach children and adults about nature

  7. through education programmes and on-site tours

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

6

3

2

1

4

Task 28

America’s fun place on America’s main street

 If any city were considered a part of every citizen in the United States, it would be Washington, DC. To many, the Old Post Office Pavilion serves A ____. If you are in the area, be a part of it all by visiting us — or В ____. Doing so will keep you aware of the latest musical events, great happenings and international dining, to say the least.

Originally built in 1899, the Old Post Office Pavilion embodied the modern spirit С ____. Today, our architecture and spirit of innovation continues to evolve and thrive. And, thanks to forward-thinking people, you can now stroll through the Old Post Office Pavilion and experience both D ____ with international food, eclectic shopping and musical events. All designed to entertain lunch, mid-day and after work audiences all week long.

A highlight of the Old Post Office Pavilion is its 315-foot Clock Tower. Offering a breath-taking view of the city, National Park Service Rangers give free Clock Tower tours every day! Individuals and large tour groups are all welcome. The Old Post Office Clock Tower also proudly houses the official United States Bells of Congress, a gift from England E ____. The Washington Ringing Society sounds the Bells of Congress every Thursday evening and on special occasions.

Visit the Old Post Office Pavilion, right on Pennsylvania Avenue between the White House and the Capitol. It is a great opportunity F ____, this is a landmark not to be missed no matter your age.

  1. that are offered to the visitors

  2. its glamorous past and fun-filled present

  3. as a landmark reminder of wonderful experiences

  4. by joining our e-community

  5. that was sweeping the country

  6. celebrating the end of the Revolutionary War

  7. to learn more about American history

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

5

2

6

7

Task 29

Number of teenagers with Saturday job drops

 The number of teenagers with Saturday jobs has dropped. Young people do not acquire any experience for their CVs — a crucial step towards getting full-time work. The proportion of teenagers combining part-time jobs with school or college has slumped from 40% in the 1990s to around 20% now, according to the UK Commission for Employment and Skills (UKCES), a government agency. Latest figures show that only A ____ in 1997.

The trend is not just recession-related, but the result of an increasing expectation В ____ well as a falling number of Saturday jobs, according to the report. Many of the jobs that young people do, such as bar work, are in long-term decline, and are forecast to decline further over the next decade.

«Recruiters place significant emphasis on experience С ____,» the report says. Word of mouth is the most common way to get a job, D _____ young people are unable to build up informal contacts, it adds.

Ms. Todd, a commissioner at the UKCES, said: «There’s more emphasis on doing well at school, young people are finding less time to do what they would have done a few years ago.» «I think it’s also the changing structure of the labour market. Retail is still a big employer, E ____. As a consequence, we need to think about how we get young people the work experience they need.»

A new initiative to send employees into state schools to talk about their careers was also launched recently. The scheme, Inspiring the Future, is meant to give state schoolchildren access to the kind of careers advice that private schools offer. The deputy prime minister said: «The power of making connections F ____ and can be life-changing.»

  1. that it was researching the system of funding education after 16

  2. 260,000 teenagers have a Saturday job compared with 435,000

  3. but young people are leaving education increasingly less experienced

  4. that inspire young people is immeasurable

  5. but an increasing shortage of work experience means

  6. that young people should stay on at school, as

  7. but a lot more of it is being done online

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

3

5

7

4

Task 30

Lots of fun in Cardiff

 As you would expect of a capital city, Cardiff offers a huge choice of exciting sport and entertainment throughout the year.

Every March the city celebrates St. David, Wales’ patron saint, with parades and music. August sees the International Festival of Street Entertainment, with the heart of the city A ____. Family fun days in the parks and at the waterfront are part of this sensational summer scene. Brass and military bands are often to be seen on Cardiff s streets. Between May and October the world’s only seagoing paddle steamer cruises from Cardiff’s seaside resort.

In autumn the fun continues with Cardiff s Festival of the Arts В _____. Music is at the centre of the festival, with international stars С ____. Christmas in Cardiff is full of colour and festivities. The truly spectacular Christmas illuminations have earned Cardiff the title of «Christmas City». And there is entertainment for all the family, D ____.

There is always something happening in Cardiff. The BBC National Orchestra of Wales and Welsh National Opera can both be heard here. Cardiff previews many London «West End» shows E _____.

The city’s range of accommodation facilities is truly impressive, F ____. And with a city as compact as Cardiff there are places to stay in all price brackets.

  1. from international names to family-run guest houses

  2. joining some of Wales’ most talented musicians

  3. having their summer holidays in Cardiff

  4. that usually attract hundreds of theatre lovers

  5. which features music, film, literature and graphics

  6. from pantomimes to Christmas tree celebrations

  7. beating with dance and theatrical performances

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

5

2

6

4

1

Task 31

Changing image

 For more than 200 years Madame Tussaud’s has been attracting tourists from all over the world and it remains just as popular as it ever was. There are many reasons for this enduring success, but at the heart of it all is good, old-fashioned curiosity.

Madame Tussaud’s original concept has entered a brand new era of interactive entertainment A _____. Today’s visitors are sent on a breathtaking journey in black cabs through hundreds of years of the past. They have a unique chance to see the great legends of history, В _____ of politics.

Much of the figure construction technique follows the traditional pattern, beginning whenever possible with the subject С _____ and personal characteristics. The surprising likeliness of the wax portraits also owes much to many stars D _____, either by providing their stage clothes, or simply giving useful advice.

The museum continues constantly to add figures E ____ popularity. The attraction also continues to expand globally with established international branches in New York, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and many other cities. And they all have the same rich mix of interaction, authenticity and local appeal.

The museum provides a stimulating and educational environment for schoolchildren. Its specialists are working together with practicing teachers and educational advisors to create different programmes of activities, F ____.

  1. as well as resources on art, technology and drama

  2. as well as the idols of popular music and the icons

  3. who is sitting to determine exact measurements

  4. ranging from special effects to fully animated figures

  5. ranging from all kinds of souvenirs to sports equipment

  6. that reflect contemporary public opinion and celebrity

  7. who are eager to help in any possible way they can

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

2

3

7

6

1

Task 32

Saturday jobs: memories of weekend working

 Research has shown a sharp fall in the number of teenagers who do Saturday jobs. It seems such a shame — my Saturday job as a kitchen porter was something of a rite of passage. I’ll never forget long hours A _____, scouring grease off huge saucepans and griddles. Working atmosphere there helped me grow a thicker skin, develop quicker banter and, most importantly, taught me the value of hard work. It also resulted in a steady supply of cash, В ____. I’m not the only one who has strong memories of weekend work. DJ Trevor Nelson said everyone should be able to have a Saturday job: «It taught me a lot, С ____.»

The link between the type of Saturday job a celebrity performed and their later career is sometimes obvious. Dragon’s Den star and businessman Peter Jones, for example, showed early promise by starting his own business. «I passed my Lawn Tennis Association coaching exam, D ____,» he explains. «At the start I was coaching other kids, E ____, for which I could charge £25-30 an hour. While my friends on milk rounds were getting £35 a week, I was doing five hours on a Saturday and earning four times as much.»

Skier Chemmy Alcott got a job working for the Good Ski Guide, on the advertising side. «It became clear to me what my personal value to companies could be. It led directly to me finding my head sponsor … and it offered me an eight-year contract. That gave me the financial backing F ____.»

As part of its response to the Saturday job statistics, the UK Commission for Employment and Skills said a lack of early work opportunities makes it harder for young people to acquire experience for their СVs.

  1. and things would be different if everyone was given the chance

  2. which let me know he approved of me

  3. and I persuaded my local club to let me use a court on Saturdays

  4. which I needed to become a professional skier

  5. which I would happily spend as I liked

  6. that I spent in the kitchen of a busy country pub in East Sussex

  7. but soon I got adults wanting to book lessons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

1

3

7

4

Task 33

Orient Express

 In the early 1860s, trains were the preferred way to travel. They weren’t particularly comfortable, however, until American engineer George Mortimer Pullman decided to make trains more luxurious.

By the late 1860s, trains furnished not only sleeping cars, but kitchen and dining facilities, where A _____. This was innovative for the time, and was aimed to encourage people В _____. The first of these Pullman trains in England ran from London to Brighton and used electricity for illumination.

In 1881, another railway entrepreneur, George Nagelmacker, introduced the use of a restaurant car onboard, and the first Orient Express train service was begun. Running from Paris to Romania the route included Strasbourg, Vienna, Budapest and Bucharest.

Thanks to the 12 mile Simplon Tunnel, С _____, the Orient Express expanded, including a route to Istanbul, and the legendary romance of the Orient Express was in full swing.

Everyone in the social register, including royalty, chose to travel on the wheels of that luxury hotel D _____ in wealthy surroundings. Legends, stories, and intrigue surrounded those trips to exotic places, and those famous people E _____.

Unfortunately, during World War II this luxury travel was closed for the most part, and later, after the war, F ____ to start it again. Within the next few years airplane travel became popular, and train passenger service declined.

  1. elegant meals were served to passengers

  2. to use trains for long distance travel and vacations

  3. who rode the train

  4. who wrote about it

  5. which connected Switzerland and Italy

  6. that served dishes and wines

  7. there was no money

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

2

5

6

3

7

Task 34

Arizona’s world class cruise

 Spectacular Canyon Lake is situated in the heart of the Superstition Mountains in Arizona, giving home to the Dolly Steamboat. The Dolly Steamboat, A ____, now cruises the secluded inner waterways of this beautiful lake. It is worth exploring this favourite destination of President Theodore Roosevelt who declared, «The Apache Trail and surrounding area combines the grandeur of the Alps, the glory of the Rockies, the magnificence of the Grand Canyon and then adds something В ____.» You will marvel as you travel up to the national forest, which provides the most inspiring and beautiful panorama С ____. Every trip brings new discoveries of rock formations, geological history, and the flora and fauna distinct to the deserts of Arizona.

Once aboard the Dolly Steamboat, you may view the majestic desert big horn sheep, bald eagles and a host bird of other wildlife, water fowl, D ____. Experience the unique sound harmony that is created by the waters of Canyon Lake. Stretch out and relax at one of the tables or stand next to the railings on the deck. There is plenty of leg room on the Dolly. You will get a unique chance to listen to the captain E ____.

All the passengers are treated with outstanding service and personal attention to every need. Feel free to ask questions, move about and mingle with the crew. So enjoy an unforgettable vacation cruise and see F ____ ,like a ride on Arizona’s Dolly Steamboat.

  1. that nature has ever created in the wild

  2. that none of the others have

  3. hovering over the magnificent lake

  4. who retells the legends of the mysterious past

  5. for yourself why there is nothing quite

  6. who pays much attention to children’s safety

  7. continuing a tradition of cruising since 1925

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

2

1

3

4

5

Task 35

US Congress

 The Congress of the United States of America is an important part of the US federal government.

It is an assembly of elected representatives A ____ but not to select the chief executive of the nation; that individual is elected by the people.

Congress is not a single organization; it is a vast and complex collection of organizations B ____ and through which members of Congress form alliances.

C ____, in which political parties are the only important kind of organization, parties are only one of many important units in Congress.

In fact other organizations have grown in number D ____.

The Democrats and Republicans in the House and the Senate are organized by party leaders, E ____ within the House and Senate. The party structure is essentially the same in the House as in the Senate, though the titles of various posts are different.

But leadership carries more power in the House than in the Senate because of the House rules. F _____, the House must restrict debate and schedule its business with great care; thus leaders who do the scheduling and who determine how the rules shall be applied usually have substantial influence.

  1. as party influence has declined

  2. against the spirit of the Constitution

  3. being so large (435 members)

  4. empowered to make laws

  5. unlike the British Parliament

  6. by which the business of Congress is carried on

  7. who in turn are elected by the full party membership

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

6

5

1

7

3

Task 36

The Trailblazers

 In the early 1800s, the area that would become the western United States was completely undeveloped.

Explorers, hunters, traders, and settlers had to blaze their own trails. A____ to move possessions and supplies became common place.

Manifest Destiny was the belief that Americans had a God-given right to take over the continent. As they moved west, settlers used this policy B_____ to new people and territories.

Trails increased trade opportunities between western and eastern regions, and the U.S. economy prospered C_____ on each other for goods.

To achieve Manifest Destiny, the United States purchased land from other countries or conquered territory D_____ until its borders stretched from coast to coast.

More than one-half million people chose to travel West on trails between 1800 and 1870, E_____.

As new technology spread across the West, however, the use of trails came to an end. The railroads built thousands of miles of tracks, and, F ____, a cheap, relatively safe, and quick way to transport people and supplies to western areas existed.

  1. to spread U.S. ideas and government

  2. for the first time in history

  3. thus replacing them forever

  4. as territories became interdependent

  5. the use of covered wagons

  6. by taking land from Native peoples

  7. forming the largest mass migration in history

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

1

4

6

7

2

Task 37

A Young Mayor

 This is a very unusual case, but as you will see, unusual doesn’t mean impossible.

An 18-year-old school girl has become the youngest mayor of a British town in history. Amanda Bracebridge, A_____, won leadership of Clun village council in a dramatic election last night. The tiny village only has 122 voters and Amanda won the election by just two votes from the only other candidate, 69-year-old Fred Gardner of the Conservative party. Amanda, B _____, was an independent candidate. She was surprised by her success, C _____. “My election promise was to make sure D _____,” she told us. She was referring to the plans from a large company to buy up farmland and build flats there. “We live in one of the most beautiful villages in Shropshire and I want to make sure it stays that way.”

Amanda, who is in her last year at nearby Bishop’s Castle High School, E _____ and her exams which she takes in two months. “It’s going to be a pretty busy few months,” she said. “But when the exams are over I will be able to concentrate completely on helping my village”.

Amanda had plans to go to university but is now going to start a year later F _____. “I’ve talked to Leeds University and they say my place will wait for me”. And what is she going to study? Politics? “No, actually, I am going to do sociology and economics”.

  1. who is not a member of any political party

  2. that our village would be protected from outside interests

  3. but it was not a total shock to her

  4. being a politics student at the university

  5. so she can do her job as mayor properly

  6. who is only just old enough to vote herself

  7. will have to find time for her work as mayor

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

3

2

7

5

Task 38

Is there enough to say?

 They only appeared about ten years ago but already they are everywhere, everyone’s got one. They are the wonder of the modern age — mobile phones, or cell phones, A ____. Apparently, mobile phones are now used by about 2.5 billion people worldwide, and about one billion new mobile phones are sold every year worldwide. Go back to 1997, and only 100 million were sold. As we can see, the mobile phone business B_____.

And the developments keep on coming. Once we could only make phone calls; now mobile phones C_____ and do many other useful things. Once we had to hold our mobile phones in our hand; now we can use throat microphones. What next? We are told that soon, tiny microphones will be implanted into our lips. We’ll be able to dial numbers just by saying them.

But surely we need to ask ourselves: What’s good about this? OK, we can talk to other people almost all the time now — but is that so great? Watch and listen to people when a plane has landed. Anxious D _____, dial a number, and then: “It’s me, I’m here. I’ll be there in twenty minutes.” Is this communication? Is this what all these years of technology have brought us to?

In the early days of communication there were letters. When they arrived at your house, you knew they had been delivered by a man E _____.

In those days, people would think very hard before they wrote a letter. You had to have a good reason to write — communication was serious. Now it’s not — people phone each other F ____. Once the phone was a way for people far away from each other to talk — now it’s just an excuse to talk.

  1. has been developed very quickly

  2. not understand why they are doing it for

  3. as Americans call them

  4. riding halfway across the country on a horse

  5. just because they can

  6. can also be used to take and send photos

  7. fingers immediately switch on the mobile phone

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

1

6

7

4

5

Task 39

Promoting language learning

 The European Union (EU) is committed to supporting the rights of its citizens to personal and professional mobility, and their ability to communicate with each other. It does so by A_____ to promote the teaching and learning of European languages. These programmes have at least one thing in common: they cover cross-border projects involving partners from two, and often three or more, EU countries.

The EU programmes are designed to complement the national education policies of member countries. Each government is responsible for its own national education policy, B_____. What the EU programmes do is to create links between countries and regions via joint projects, C____.

Since 2007 the main programmes have been put under the overall umbrella of the EU’s lifelong learning programme. All languages are eligible for support under this programme: official languages, regional, minority and migrant languages, D____. There are national information centres in each country, E_____.

The cultural programmes of the EU also promote linguistic and cultural diversity in a number of ways. The “Media” programme funds the dubbing and subtitling of European films for F ____. The “Culture” programme builds cross-cultural bridges by supporting the translation of modern authors into other EU languages.

  1. and the languages of the EU’s major trading partners

  2. which includes language teaching and learning

  3. cinemas and television in other EU countries

  4. which enhance the impact of language teaching and learning

  5. funding a number of educational programmes

  6. and encouraging people to learn new languages

  7. where details about the application procedures are given

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

2

4

1

7

3

Task 40

Starting your own business

What are the reasons for starting your own business? One of them is because you believe you are the best in that line or because you have a product or service that has never been offered to the market before. Another is that you are a person in a real hurry and cannot suffer the A_____ to reach your goals. Sometimes it is because you have an inheritance B_____ soon after you set up a business or that there already is a cash purse with loose strings and you want to make the best of this bonanza.

If your reasons are any or all of the above, abandon the thought right now and save yourself the disillusionment C____ into the world of commerce.

Start your own business just for the sake of doing a trade, or for D____. Do not burden yourself with lofty notions of superiority when compared to your peers. When setting out to start your own business, be emotional about it, but not impractical; don’t be led by your heart, but be dictated by your mind.

Having covered those parts that are not taught in a business school, let us look at E____ your own business. You should start with a SWOT analysis – strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats – analyze these for yourself, for partners in your business, if any, and for the business itself.

If the result of the analysis is encouraging, then prepare a business plan. It is like a road map for actions in the near foreseeable future to achieve your business goals. Finally, execute the business plan with precision; tweak it as you go along, only so that it helps to meet the end goal of successfully F_____ the business.

  1. the essentials of starting

  2. that awaits when you step

  3. trials and tribulations of employment

  4. establishing and conducting

  5. preparing a business plan

  6. waiting to be acquired

  7. undertaking the commercial activity

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

7

1

4

Task 41

Archaeology done underwater

 Nautical archaeology is the science of finding, collecting, preserving, and studying human objects that have become lost or buried under water. It is a fairly modern field of study since it depends on having the technology to be able to remain underwater for some time to do real work. Whether it is conducted in freshwater or in the sea, A____, nautical archaeology is another way of learning more about the human past.

Although some use the words nautical archaeology to mean a specialized branch of underwater archaeology, B____, most consider the term to mean the same as the words underwater archaeology or marine

archaeology. All of these interchangeable terms mean simply C_____.

Once real trade began, it is safe to say D_____ was probably transported over water at some point in time. By studying submerged objects, we can learn more about past human cultures. In fact, studying ancient artifacts is the only way to learn anything about human societies E_____. Being able to examine the actual objects made and used by ancient people not only adds to the written records they left behind, but allows us to get much closer to the reality of what life was like when they lived. Also, if we pay close attention to how the objects were made and used, we begin to get a more realistic picture of F_____.

  1. that existed long before the invention of writing

  2. that nearly every object made by humans

  3. what those people were really like

  4. which is concerned only with ships and the history of seafaring

  5. that it is the study of archaeology done underwater

  6. and whether it finds sunken ships or old cities

  7. and what was discovered underwater

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

5

2

1

3

Task 42

Visiting the Royal Parks

 London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_____ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B______. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_____.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D______ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_____. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F____. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

  1. that are displayed during the nesting season

  2. while the city has grown up around them

  3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives

  4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead

  5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing

  6. who does not know the route to the place of destination

  7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

2

3

7

4

1

Task 43

The Survival of the Welsh Language

 Wales is a small country of just over 3 million people, on the north west seaboard of Europe. Despite many historical incursions of other peoples, particularly the English, it has preserved its ancient Celtic language, A_____. Welsh is habitually spoken by about 10% of the people, half understood by a further 10%, and not spoken at all by the majority in this ‘bilingual’ society.

Up to the First World War most people were Welsh speaking, especially in the mountains of North Wales. The English-speaking areas were along the more fertile coastal plains. On the whole there was an easy tolerance of the two languages, B______.

By 1919 there was a considerable drop in Welsh speakers. This was due to the large flows of capital investment from England into the South Wales coalfield, C_____.

Now, D_____, commerce and everyday business were carried out in English.

In the rural mountain areas 80% to 85% of the population were Welsh speakers, E ____. However, in the coalfield country of Glamorgan 70% spoke English only, and in its neighbour border county the figure was over 90%.

By 1931 the number of people able to speak Welsh in the whole of Wales had fallen to 37% of the population, F ____. It continued to drop and reached its lowest – 18.6% — in the 1990s. But by the start of the 21st century, numbers had begun to increase again and reached 21.7% in 2004!

  1. as well as education and the law

  2. the only one of a number of allied languages that remain

  3. with radio and the English press further speeding the decline

  4. many being able to speak Welsh only

  5. where Welsh was studied as language and literature in an academic manner

  6. apart from the fact that Welsh was not permitted to be used at all in the schools

  7. bringing a flood of immigrant labour from all over Britain

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

7

1

4

3

Task 44

Secrets of Long Life

 There are places in the world where people live longer than anywhere else. The remote Japanese island of Okinawa is one of these places. While the lifespan in Britain is 77 years for men and 81 for women, Okinawa has a population of about one million, of which 900 are centenarians — A_____ in Britain or the USA. So what is their secret of long life?

«The calendar may say they’re 80, but their body says they’re 60,» says Bradley Willcox, a scientist researching the extraordinary phenomenon. The research has shown hormonal differences between Okinawans and B____ but their longevity has been linked to diet. They eat more tofu and soya than any other people in the world and also enjoy a range of different fruit and vegetables, all rich in anti-oxidants. But the most significant thing isn’t what they eat but how much. The Okinawans C_____ known as ‘hara hachi bu’, which translates as ‘eat until you are only 80 % full’.

Scientists refer to this way of eating as ‘caloric restrictions’. No-one knows exactly why it works, but scientists believe it D_____ that there is the danger of famine. This in turn E_____ and so may lead to better preservation and slower aging.

«It’s a stark contrast with the cultural habits that drive food consumption in F____ » says Mr. Willcox. If we look at high streets and supermarkets in most other countries, you will see that he is right. Restaurants offer all-you-can-eat menus and supersize portions. Supermarkets are full of special offers encouraging us to buy more food than we need.

  1. make it a healthy diet

  2. other parts of the world

  3. four times higher than the average

  4. have a cultural tradition

  5. sends a signal to the body

  6. the rest of the population

  7. makes the body protect itself

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

4

5

7

2

Task 45

Beaches of Portugal

 Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A _____.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C_____.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D _____ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ____ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ____. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.

  1. where one can enjoy close contact with

  2. which meet every need of their users

  3. than to discover them once for oneself

  4. who has never been to this wonderful city

  5. which is ideal for various water sports

  6. to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs

  7. who have different options around the capital

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

5

7

1

2

Task 46

The Joy of Reading

 Have you ever wondered why people read? Why reading is one of the few things A _____ for thousands of years? Even before reading became available to the general public, stories were told around campfires, passed down from generation to generation.

First of all, stories are a good way to escape from your ordinary life, to get immersed in another world, if only for a little time. While reading, you can imagine yourself in different situations B _____, but in the moment that doesn’t matter. Whether you’re suffering from depression or are just bored, reading is a great distraction.

Similarly, another reason people are attracted to stories, is because they are lonely, very often they feel as if they are the only ones in the world C _____. Identifying with a fictional character can make a big difference in helping a person understand D _____.

Other people read because it can be a good way to relax. It can be very nice to sit down and enjoy a good plot unfold, to watch the actions of fictional characters from the side, and to see the consequences of these actions, E ____.

Lastly, people read because it is the easiest way to gain knowledge in a certain area. Instead of finding a teacher, you can just find a book, sit down, and spend a few hours reading. This way you can study wherever you want, whenever you want F _____.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

  1. try to avoid the boredom of life

  2. that has consistently remained part of society

  3. that they are not alone

  4. going through something difficult

  5. without having to bear any responsibility

  6. that range from unlikely to impossible

  7. at your own pace

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

4

3

5

7

Task 47

Peter and Paul Fortress

 The Peter and Paul Fortress in St. Petersburg, located on small Hare Island, is the historic core of the city. The history of St. Petersburg begins with the history of the fortress.

Since 1700 Russia had been fighting the Northern War against Sweden. By 1703 the lands by the Neva River were conquered. To protect them from the attacks of the Swedes it was necessary to build a strong outpost here. The fortress was founded on Hare Island 16 (27) May, 1703 by joint plan of Peter I and French engineer Joseph-Gaspard Lambert de Guerin. This day is well known A____.

The fortress stretches from west to east with six bastions B____. The Peter’s Gate on the east side, C____, has remained since the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Cathedral, D____ emperors and the monument of Russian baroque, was completed after the death of the emperor, in 1733. The weathervane as a golden angel with a cross, E____, is one of the main symbols of the city. On the opposite side of the cathedral, there is the Mint building, constructed in the time of Paul I by architect A. Porto. Coinage was moved to the fortress F____ in the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Fortress has never directly participated in any fighting. From the very beginning of its existence it was used as a political prison. Since 1924 the Peter and Paul Fortress has been a part of the Museum of the History of St. Petersburg.

  1. as the day of the birth of St. Petersburg

  2. which was designed by D. Trezzini

  3. which was the burial place of Russian

  4. and reminding of the rich history of the city

  5. as the most protected part of the city

  6. which is located on the spire of the cathedral

  7. that are located at the corners

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

7

2

3

6

5

Task 48

Surviving in a Desert

 A desert is defined as a place that gets less than 250 mm of rain each year. It differs sharply from the climate of a rain forest, A _____.

Arid desert lands cover about one third of the earth’s surface. Most deserts are covered with sand, B _____. There are also usually a lot of rocky areas. This combination of sand and rock means that the soil is not very fertile. C ____, some living things are able to do well in this setting. Many plants have changed and developed in ways D____. These changes have become apparent in a number of ways. Some plants are able to grow very quickly E____. They turn green and produce flowers within just a few days. Other desert plants simply stop growing in very dry weather. They appear to be dead, but when the rain returns, they come back to life and begin growing again.

Desert animals have also developed many characteristics that help them to survive in arid environment. Camels can go for a very long time without drinking. Other animals, such as snakes and rats, find cool places to sleep during the day and come out only at night. The extremely long ears of desert rabbits help them F_____. Changes like these have allowed some animals and plants to grow and develop successfully in a very challenging ecological system: the desert.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

  1. which is often in the form of hills called sand dunes

  2. whenever it rains

  3. to find water as far as 25 metres away

  4. which can receive up to 10,000 mm of rain annually

  5. to better distribute their body heat and stay cool

  6. even though the desert environment is very dry and hot

  7. that help them to live in the desert

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

1

6

7

2

5

Task 49

Nevsky Prospect

 Nevsky Prospect is the main and most famous street of St. Petersburg. The unique architectural ensemble of Nevsky Prospect was formed during the 18th – early 20th centuries. It starts from the bank of the Neva River, runs through the centre of the city and ends at the Neva River. The whole history of St. Petersburg can be seen in the history of the avenue. Nevsky Prospect is 4.5 km long and 25-60 m wide. The narrowest section is located from the Admiralty to the Moika River, A_____.

After the construction of the Admiralty in 1704 and the Alexander Nevsky Monastery in 1710, it was decided to build a road B_____ each other and with the Novgorod Path, which was used by Russian merchants. The construction began on both sides at the same time, the roads were laid through the wood, and in 1760s they were connected into one road, C_____, but with a turn at the Vosstaniya Square. Nevsky Prospect got its name only in 1783. The road was paved with cobble stones, D_____. It was the first street in St. Petersburg with gas lighting. By the early 20th century Nevsky Prospect had become the financial centre of Russia E____ had their offices there.

Nowadays, Nevsky Prospect is the centre of cultural and social life of St. Petersburg. There are museums, theatres, exhibition halls, cinemas, restaurants, cafés, shops F____.

  1. and hotels there or nearby the avenue

  2. showing the original width of the avenue

  3. which was not as straight as it was planned

  4. which were built by famous architects and

  5. connecting these two important structures with

  6. and a few rows of trees were planted along the street

  7. as the 40 largest banks of Russia, Europe and America

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

5

3

6

7

1

Task 50

Whales in a Noisy Ocean

Whales use sound in very different ways. Some whales produce songs that travel over vast distances. They also use echolocation, like bats, A _____. But other noise in the ocean creates a problem for the whales.

Since 1987, the International Fund for Animal Welfare (IFAW) has sent their research vessel Song of the Whale around the world B _____. During the travels, the Song of the Whale scientists have developed expertise C ____ to listen to and record the sounds that the animals make. Thishelps them to track, identify, and survey different species.

One of the threats facing whales and other marine animals is noise pollution in the seas, such as noise from drilling, military activities, oil exploration, and coastal construction. This noise can cause great distress to whales and dolphins and can D _____.

It is feared this noise pollution may cause mass strandings, E _____. If the Song of the Whale team can F ____, then hopefully the nature and location of disturbing noise can be changed.

  1. in using underwater microphones

  2. to locate food and find their way

  3. result in injury and even death

  4. track and identify their habitats

  5. to filter out food from the water

  6. to provide a platform for marine research

  7. when large numbers come ashore

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

1

3

7

4

Task 51

Unique nature of Kamchatka

Kamchatka is a peninsula located in the north-eastern part of Russia. It is surrounded with the Okhotskoye Sea, the Beringovo Sea and the Pacific Ocean. This region has a very unique environment A_____ one is looking for picturesque views, unforgettable travels and unity with nature.

Kamchatka is famous for its volcanoes, B_____. Volcanoes are represented on Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, the most eastern city in the northern hemisphere, coat of arms as well. There are more than 300 volcanoes

in Kamchatka, from 28 up to 36 of them are active, or potentially active. Kamchatka volcanoes are included in the list of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

The region is also known C____ — rivers and lakes. Many Kamchatka rivers spring from mountain tops and glaciers, that is why they are very clean, and it is wonderful for those D_____. In general, there are up to 14 thousand rivers and streams, 100 thousand lakes and 414 glaciers in Kamchatka.

Kamchatka is a home to the Valley of Geysers, E_____ geysers in the world, after Icelandic geyser fields. It is not easily accessible, as long as it is too unique to be opened for tourists all the time. The Valley of Geysers’ ecosystem is very vulnerable, F_____ and regulate the visiting. In fact, the larger part of Kamchatka is preserved. There are many nature reserves and nature parks in Kamchatka.

  1. which are depicted on most souvenirs there

  2. so it is necessary to monitor it all the time

  3. who love fishing, including Kamchatka bears

  4. which has the second largest concentration of

  5. to be a place of many water sources

  6. to be a popular nature reserve and health resort

  7. that makes it a place to visit when

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

1

5

3

4

2

Task 52

The life of Pi

 «The Life of Pi» published in 2001 is the third book by the Canadian author Yann Martel. It has A_____, won several prizes and been translated into forty-one languages.

At the start of the book, we B____ in India. His father owns the city zoo and the family home is in the zoo. When they aren’t at school, Pi and his brother help their father at the zoo and he learns a lot about animals.

When Pi is sixteen, his parents decide to close the zoo and move to Canada. They travel by ship taking the animals with them. On the way, there is C_____. Sadly, Pi’s family and the sailors all die in the storm, but Pi lives and finds himself in a lifeboat with a hyena, zebra, orangutan and an enormous tiger. At first, Pi is scared of the animals and jumps into the ocean. Then he remembers there are sharks in the water and decides to climb back into the lifeboat. One by one, the animals in the lifeboat kill and eat each other, till only Pi and the tiger are left alive. Luckily for Pi, there is D_____, but he soon needs to start catching fish. He feeds the tiger to stop it killing and eating him. He also uses a whistle and E_____ and show it that he’s the boss.

Pi and the tiger spend 227 days in the lifeboat. They live through terrible storms and the burning heat of the Pacific sun. They are often hungry and ill. Finally, they arrive at the coast of Mexico, but you will have to F_____ in the end!

  1. read the book to find out what happens

  2. some food and water on the lifeboat

  3. his knowledge of animals to control the tiger

  4. received an award for being strong

  5. sold seven million copies worldwide

  6. learn about Pi’s childhood in Pondicherry

  7. a terrible storm and the ship sinks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

6

7

2

3

1

Task 53

Santa Claus

The man we know as Santa Claus has a history all to his own. Today, he is thought of mainly as the jolly man in red, but his story A_____ the 3rd century to a monk named St. Nicholas. It is believed that Nicholas was born sometime around 280 AD in modern-day Turkey. Much admired for his kindness, St. Nicholas B_____. It is said that he gave away all of his inherited wealth and traveled the countryside helping the poor and sick. Over the course of many years, Nicholas’s popularity spread and he became known as the protector of children and sailors. His feast day C_____ his death, December 6. This was traditionally considered a lucky day to make large purchases or to get married. By the Renaissance, St. Nicholas was the most popular saint in Europe.

St. Nicholas first D______ at the end of the 18th century. The name Santa Claus evolved from a Dutch shortened form of Sint Nikolaas. As his popularity grew, Sinter Klaas was described as everything from a jocker with a blue three-cornered hat, red waistcoat, and yellow stockings to a man wearing a broad-brimmed hat and a huge pair of Flemish trousers.

In the 19th centuries big stores E_____ using images of the newly-popular Santa Claus. In 1841, thousands of children visited a Philadelphia shop to see a life-size Santa Claus model. It F_____ before stores began to attract children, and their parents, with the lure of a peek at the “real-life” Santa Claus with his famous white beard and red gown.

  1. began to advertise Christmas shopping

  2. became the subject of many legends

  3. began dressing up unemployed men in

  4. is celebrated on the anniversary of

  5. was only a matter of time

  6. stretches all the way back to

  7. appeared in American popular culture

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

2

4

7

1

5

Task 54

Welcome to the Smithsonian

When you visit any of the Smithsonian’s 19 museums and galleries or the National zoo, you are entering the largest museum complex in the world. This complex holds about 137 million unique objects in its trust for the American people.

The Smithsonian was established in 1846 with funds given to the United States by James Smithson, an English scientist. The main idea was to increase and spread knowledge for free. And now all Smithsonian institutions are still devoted to public education, A__________ history.

Ten Smithsonian museums and galleries are located in the centre of the U.S. capital. Six other museums and the National zoo are nearby in the Washington metropolitan area, B__________.

The 19th and the newest museum C__________ is the National Museum of African American history and culture. It is now operating in the form of a virtual museum. Its key feature is the memory book, D__________. These diverse memories are linked to each other and to the museum content, E__________.

The Smithsonian complex is home to the world’s foremost research centres in science, the arts and the humanities. Besides the basic research F__________, there are a number of special facilities. Conservation centre at the zoo studies rare and endangered species, environment centre carries out research in ecosystems in the coastal area.

  1. that is carried on regularly in each of the museums

  2. providing different materials in the arts, science and

  3. placing a spotlight on people and events in African American history

  4. that has been established within the Smithsonian complex

  5. which allows website visitors to upload their own stories or images

  6. and visitors can enjoy watching rare exhibits on

  7. and two museums are situated in New York City

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

4

5

3

1

Task 55

National Gallery of Art

 The National Gallery of Art was created in Washington D.C. for the people of the United States in 1937. It started with the gift of the financier and art collector A__________. His gift also included a building to house the new museum, to be constructed on the National Mall. Opened to the public in 1941, this grand building, B__________, was at the time the largest marble structure in the world.

The newly created National Gallery soon attracted similar gifts from hundreds of other collectors. This tradition of generosity continues to this day with gifts from private donors and artists C__________.

The gallery’s East building contains the collection of modern and contemporary painting, sculpture, D__________. The East and West buildings are connected by an underground tunnel with a moving walkway.

The National Gallery enjoys federal support, E__________, to fulfill its mission to exhibit and interpret great works of European and American art in the nation’s collection. Since its founding, federal funds have fostered the protection and care of the art collection and have supported the gallery’s work, ensuring F__________. Private funding helped to create a renowned collection of works of art and to construct the two landmark buildings. Private support makes possible to arrange a changing programme of special exhibitions.

  1. which is now called the West building

  2. that the gallery brings daily profit to the country

  3. who are willing to share their possessions with the public

  4. who presented old master paintings and sculptures to the country

  5. as well as partnership with private organizations

  6. that the gallery is open daily and free of charge

  7. as well as an advanced research centre and an art library

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

1

3

7

5

6

Task 56

Healthy school meals

Children at Southdown Infants School in Bath enjoy tasty homemade meals such as roast turkey with fresh vegetables, chicken, salad and fresh fruit for pudding. Vegetables are A ____________. Instead of crisps, chocolate and sweets, the school canteen serves organic carrots, dried fruit and fresh seasonal fruit in bags for 10p, B ______________.

Southdown’s healthy eating initiative began four years ago with the start of a breakfast club.

Now Ms Culley, the head teacher of the school, says that the teachers very clearly see the link between diet and concentration. “Children’s concentration and behaviour C ______________.” The teachers would also like to give the children the experience of eating together. It turned out that some children weren’t used to that.

Pupils are also encouraged to find out more about where their food comes from by  D ______________.

Parents are also involved and are invited in to try school dinners on special occasions, E _______________.

The efforts of staff, pupils and parents to create a healthy eating environment were recognized earlier this month F ______________ the Best School Dinner award.

Ms Culley said: “We are happy to win this award. Healthy eating is at the centre of everything we do. It’s really rewarding to see so many children enjoy real food.”

  1. such as Easter and Christmas

  2. visiting a local farm

  3. local, fresh and organic where possible

  4. provide good quality food

  5. definitely improve after a good meal

  6. and about 100 bags are sold each day

  7. when the school was awarded

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

5

2

1

7

Task 57

Walking is not enough to keep fit

Walking may not be enough on its own to produce significant health benefits, research suggests. A team from Canada’s University of Alberta compared a 10,000-step exercise programme with a more traditional fitness regime of moderate intensity. Researchers found improvements A _______ were significantly higher in the second group. They told an American College of Sports Medicine meeting that gentle exercise was B __________. In total 128 people took C _________. The researchers assessed influence on fitness by measuring blood pressure and lung capacity. They found out the 10,000-step programme did help to get people motivated – and was an excellent way to start D _________. But to increase the effectiveness, some intensity must be added to their exercise. “Across your day, while you are achieving those 10,000 steps, take 200 to 400 of them at a faster pace. You’ve got to do more than light exercise and include regular moderate activity, and don’t be shy to have an occasional period of time at an energetic level.” The researchers were concerned there was too much focus E __________, rather than on its intensity.

Professor Stuart Biddle, an expert in exercise science at the University of Loughborough, said it was possible that the current guidelines on how much exercise to take were set too low. “However, you have got to find F ____. The harder you make it, the fewer people will actually do it.” Professor Biddle said there was no doubt that energetic exercise was the way to get fit, but volume rather than intensity might be more useful in tackling issues such as obesity.

  1. part in the project

  2. taking exercise

  3. gave marked health benefits

  4. in fitness levels

  5. on simply getting people to take exercise

  6. not enough to get fit

  7. a compromise between physiology and psychology

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

6

1

2

5

7

Task 58

Double-decker Bus

A double-decker bus is a bus that has two levels. While double-decker long-distance buses are in widespread use around the world, A ____. Double-decker buses are popular in some European cities and in some parts of Asia, usually in former British colonies. Many towns around the world have a few that specialize in short sight-seeing tours for tourists because, as William Gladstone observed, «the way to see London is from the top of a ‘bus'».

Double-decker buses are taller than other buses. They are extensively used in the United Kingdom, B _____, removed from normal service in December 2005 — they still operate on heritage routes. Elsewhere in Europe, double-deckers are used throughout the Dublin Bus network in Ireland, where they are making a comeback on Dublin’s outer suburban routes and also the streets of Cork, Limerick, Galway and Waterford. They are a common sight in Berlin, where the BVG makes extensive use of them. Double-decker long-distance coaches are also in widespread use throughout Europe.

Most buses in Hong Kong and about half in Singapore are double-deckers as well. The only areas in North America that C _____ are the western Canadian province of British Columbia and the United States city of Las Vegas. They are currently being tested in Ottawa on the express routes. The city of Davis, California, in the United States uses vintage double-decker buses for public transport. Davis, California is also home to the first vintage double-decker bus converted from diesel gasoline to run on CNG. The city of Victoria, BC, the city of Vancouver, British Columbia, and a couple of others use Dennis Tridents. A few are also used as tour buses, especially in New York. Double-deckers are have also been used in Mumbai since 1937.

In Brazil, D _____, some companies use double-decker buses. Double-deckers are not a good option for use outside the towns (most roads in Brazil are in very poor condition), and E _____.

Double-decker buses are in widespread use in India in many of the major cities. Some double-decker buses F _____, with no roof and shallow sides. These are popular for sightseeing tours.

  1. double-deckers are adored by thousands of tourists

  2. use double-decker buses for public transport

  3. double-decker city buses are less common

  4. where perhaps the most famous was the London Routemaster

  5. their use is being discouraged by transportation authorities

  6. have an open upper deck

  7. where buses are sometimes the only interstate transport

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

2

7

5

6

Task 59

Natural Links In a Long Chain of Being

I believe we are not alone.

Even if I am on the other side of the world from the farmhouse I live in, I still dream of the ancient vines out the window, and the shed out back that my grandfather’s father built in 1870 with eucalyptus trunks. As long as I can recreate these images, A ____

All of us need some grounding in our modern world of constant moving, buying, selling, meeting and leaving. Some find constancy in religion, others in friends or community. But we need some daily signposts that we are not different, not better, B ____

For me, this house, farm, these ancient vines are those roots. Although I came into this world alone and will leave alone, I am not alone. 

There are ghosts of dozens of conversations in the hallways, stories I remember about buying new plows that now rust in the barnyard and ruined crops from the same vines C ____

All of us are natural links in a long chain of being, and that I need to know what time of day it is, what season is coming, whether the wind is blowing north or from the east, and if the moon is still full tomorrow night, D _____

The physical world around us constantly changes, E _____. We must struggle in our brief existence to find some transcendent meaning and so find relief in the knowledge F _____.

You may find that too boring, living with the past as present. I find it refreshing. There is an old answer to every new problem, that wise whispers of the past are with us. If we just listen and remember, we are not alone; we have been here before.

  1. I never quite leave home

  2. but human nature does not

  3. that we are now harvesting

  4. but we as well as our heart did not

  5. not worse than those who came before us

  6. just as the farmers who came before me did

  7. that our ancestors have gone through this before

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

5

3

6

2

7

Task 60

The Show Begins

My Uncle Jim took me to all the Broadway shows in New York City, and I was star struck! Actually he wasn’t my real uncle – that’s just what we called him. He was a close friend of my parents. He was a bit stocky with red hair, A _________.

I remember the theaters on Broadway, B __________. The curtains were made of this real heavy, dark red material. There were huge chandelier lights hanging from the ceiling. The walls were dark, paneled wood. The seats were red and cushy C __________.

The orchestra sat at the base of the stage in a pit. I usually went down to the front to see the musicians D __________. They were all crammed into such a tiny space. I played the flute myself and my dad kept encouraging me that if I kept it up, E ___________. But truly, I didn’t want to be tucked away down there. I wanted to be on top, front and center.

Most people dressed rather finely, and certain fragrances took center stage as various women passed by. The sounds of the audience F __________ at their seats were clearly heard while last minute patrons filled in. There was electricity in the air and then the lights would go down and up, and you knew it was time for the show to get started. The lights dimmed. The music began. And you were swept up into a whole new world. I loved it!

  1. I could be playing down there someday

  2. and set real close together

  3. which were so old and posh

  4. and he had a beard and moustache

  5. I wasn’t that good at music

  6. getting ready and warming up

  7. laughing and chattering away

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

3

2

6

1

7

Task 61

Scouting moves ahead

The Scout Movement, which is also known as the Boy Scouts has changed massively in more than 100 years, though many people do not realise this.

For many people in Britain the word “scouting” evokes images of boys in short trousers A__________. Many people imagine that the Scout Association and its female counterpart the Guides Association are old-fashioned. They think these associations are for people B__________ than the future, people who just like camping in the rain and washing in cold water.

It’s quite easy to understand why Scouts and Guides have this sort of image. The “Boy Scouts” were founded over 100 years ago by Robert Baden-Powell, a retired English army general; the “Girl Guides” followed three years later. They were organised in an almost military manner. Young people had to learn discipline and how to do things as a group. They C__________ in difficult conditions, learnt to make campfires and, yes, they certainly had to get used to washing in cold water. In those days though, that D__________ many people washed in cold water.

Nevertheless, even at the start, there was much more to scouting than that. Scouts and Guides also learned the value of solidarity. Right from the start, they had to cope with difficult situations, E__________, and play a useful part in society. Baden-Powell’s organisations were inclusive, and never exclusive; any young person could become a Scout or a Guide, regardless of race, background or religion.

Though the Scout and Guide movements began in England, they soon spread to other countries, and within 50 years, scouting F__________ with young people all over the world.

  1. who are more interested in the past

  2. and girls in blue uniforms

  3. that were generally better

  4. was not particularly unusual as

  5. went on camping expeditions

  6. interact with other people

  7. had become a popular activity

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

1

5

4

6

7

Task 62

Skip the sun, get a glow the healthy way

Everyone at some point has wanted a “healthy glow,” whether it’s a must-have for summer, or a vacation, the thought of tan skin has crossed the minds of millions. If you are pale, it A__________. There is wild excitement when after a day in the sun your skin is tan, not burnt. Surely everyone is familiar with the famous conversation upon the realization that you got fried at the beach. Your friends reassure you with “Don’t worry it B__________.” It may all seem like fun and games at the time, but alarming new research C__________.

Some tan-seekers do it the old-fashioned way, grab a towel and hit the pool or beach. Recently, millions of young girls D__________ instead. Regardless of how the tan is achieved, any change in skin coloring is evidence of skin cell damage. This can lead to cancer. According to the Skin Cancer Foundation, melanoma, or skin cancer, among people aged 18 to 39 has risen dramatically. In the United States the number of skin cancer cases due to tanning, is higher than the number of lung cancer cases due to smoking.

While it is true that being outside and active is great for your body and the sun does provide vitamin D, everyone’s health still needs protecting. However, it’s E__________, limit time spent in direct sunlight, between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m., and wear sunscreen at all times. A fashionable option is the sun hat: both elegant and fun. Big floppy hats may seem ridiculous at first, but F__________.

Another advice is to look into sunless tanners: They are cheap and in no way endanger the lives of users. So, fake it, don’t bake it!

  1. takes a lot of time and effort to tan

  2. have been turning to tanning beds

  3. they are actually quite classy accessories

  4. better to avoid indoor tanning

  5. have inspired people to get their skin checked

  6. will eventually turn into a tan

  7. has taken the healthy out of healthy glow

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

6

7

2

4

3

Task 63

Grant-making agency

The National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH) is an independent grant-making agency of the United States government. Established in 1965, it is one of the largest sources of grant funds for humanities projects and programs in the U.S. NEH promotes knowledge of the history, thought, and culture, not only of the United States, A__________.

NEH grants facilitate research and original scholarship, strengthen teaching and learning in the humanities in American schools and colleges, give opportunities for citizens to engage in lifelong learning, B__________.

The Endowment is directed by a chairman, C__________ and confirmed by the U.S. Senate for a term of four years. Advising the chairman is the National Council on the Humanities, a board of 26 distinguished private citizens D__________ with the advice of the Senate. The National Council members serve six-year terms.

NEH grants are typically awarded to U.S. cultural institutions, such as museums, archives, libraries, colleges, universities, and public television and radio stations, E__________. Eligibility is limited to U.S. non-profit institutions and to U.S. citizens and foreigners F__________ prior to the time of application. Grants are awarded through a competitive process. The chairman takes into account the advice provided by the review process and, by law, makes all funding decisions.

  1. who is appointed by the president

  2. but of other countries of the world

  3. but in every aspect of social sciences

  4. who are also appointed by the president

  5. who have been living in the U.S. for three years

  6. as well as to individual scholars of the humanities

  7. as well as provide access to cultural and educational resources

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

1

4

6

5

Task 64

The Bonfire Night

The 5th of November has always had a very special place in my heart. More important than New Year’s Eve, but probably less important than the Olympics ceremonies, the 5th of November every year is A __________ all over the country to go wild!

The night of the 5th is often cold and damp and parents wrap up their children in layers of jumpers, coats, hats, scarves and gloves. They fuss over the littlest B __________ aren’t scared. They comfort their pets and give them a safe place to curl up inside, away from the cacophony about to start outside.

Outside the bonfire is C __________ up your nose. If you’re lucky, there might be some pumpkin soup left over from Halloween to warm you up, because in spite of all the layers and the excitement, you’ll still need warming up until the bonfire gets going!

When it’s absolutely dark and the bonfire is blazing, the children and parents huddle together in groups, staring up at the sky. What are they waiting for? The screech of the first firework deafens them all and D __________. The “oohs” and “aaahs” of the crowd keep perfect time with the “kabooms” of the rockets. With every firework that lights up the sky, parents watch the delight grow on their children’s faces and sigh with relief.

After the grand finale, they make their way home with the noises still echoing in their ears. An extra special treat E __________! Waving them through the chilly air, spelling out names and drawing pictures, even the oldest members of the family remember how to be kids!

This is what the 5th of November means to me. Every year, it F __________ such bright and colourful fireworks and heard such loud bangs. I really hope I never grow out of it!

  1. differences in traditions

  2. children and hope that they

  3. the day for fireworks lovers

  4. the explosion lights up the sky

  5. feels like the first time I’ve seen

  6. waits at home though: sparklers

  7. lit and the smell of smoke creeps

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

2

7

4

6

5

Task 65

Earth-sheltered homes

Earth-sheltered or simply underground homes are one of those creations by man, which brings him closer to nature. Unlike the normal traditional houses that A __________, these earth-sheltered homes are built using the shelter of the ground. Earth-sheltered homes can be easily made in hilly areas.

The basic idea behind the construction of such a house is that they are built with the idea of B ________ and each of these homes is built entirely different from each other.

The construction of these homes is usually done according to the shape of the area where the house is built. Their designs C ________ to the nature. The early earth houses which were initially built lacked windows. Modern day earth-sheltered homes though have windows as well as any other facility that the people living there might require.

Some of the major benefits of earth-sheltered homes are that they are naturally insulating. This makes them cool in the summer and cozy and warm in the winter. Another advantage D __________ and are well protected from earthquakes as well as wind-storms. Many earth-sheltered homes are also defended against intruders since there is usually only one entry.

As everything has its pros and cons, earth-sheltered homes also do. The interior decoration of these homes, like placing the furniture or huge paintings, E __________. These homes also have dark spaces inside and for this reason, lots of lighting is essential.

Earth-sheltered homes are one of the greenest housing designs that combines Mother Nature with eco-friendly F __________.

  1. are built on the ground

  2. are usually very organic

  3. is being built facing south

  4. being environmentally friendly

  5. building materials and lifestyle

  6. is that these homes are safe from fire

  7. can be difficult due to the construction

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

4

2

6

7

5

Task 66

Australia

Australia is one of the world’s most ethnically diverse nations. Nearly a quarter of the people who live in Australia A __________. They come from the United Kingdom and other European countries, but also from China, Vietnam, North Africa, and the Middle East.

First people arrived in Australia about 50,000 years ago. They B __________ land bridges when sea levels were lower. The next to land in Australia were Dutch explorers. They came in 1606. In 1788 the British began to settle there. Many settlers C __________ as punishment. For a short time, the newcomers lived peacefully with the Aboriginal people.

In 1851, gold was discovered in Australia. A rush to find riches brought D __________ 1859, six separate colonies were created which later became part of the British Commonwealth.

Australian culture is founded on stories of battlers, bushrangers and brave soldiers. Today E __________ its Aboriginal heritage, vibrant mix of cultures, innovative ideas and a thriving ecosystem.

Australia’s ecosystem is an unusual one because of its remote location. As a result, there are F __________ and nowhere else in the world, such as kangaroo and koala.

One of Australia’s most amazing sites rises like an enormous whale’s back from a flat desert called the Red Center. It is a sacred natural formation at the heart of the country and the largest rock in the world!

  1. Australia is one of the most

  2. were born in other countries

  3. Australia also defines itself by

  4. many animal species that occur here

  5. may have travelled from Asia across

  6. thousands of new immigrants, and by

  7. were criminals sent to live in Australia

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

5

7

6

3

4

Task 67

Living nature in Madeira

Right in the middle of the Atlantic, the islands of Madeira and Porto Santo are a haven of natural beauty. The exotic colours of the flowers stand out from among the blue sea and the emerald green vegetation. This is an archipelago where the big territory is a protected area and A __________ is located.

The Madeira Natural Park was created in 1982 to preserve this vast natural heritage, a worldwide rarity. The park is classified as a Biogenetic Reserve, B __________, with some rare species such as the mountain orchid, unique in the world, and also some exotic large trees. To visit this park is to discover Nature! The park covers about two-thirds of the island, making Madeira a truly ecological destination.

The springtime temperature, C __________, cries out for open air activities. Visitors can go for a walk in the park, visit the city of Funchal or roam freely around the island. Boat rides are an excellent way of D __________. In such a naturally welcoming environment, balance and well-being are taken for granted. Madeira offers various tourist complexes E __________.

Popular feasts, F __________, are opportunities to appreciate traditional gastronomic flavours and see Madeira partying, especially for the Carnival parades, the Flower festival, the Atlantic festival and, above all, the end-of-year fireworks display.

  1. which is felt all year round

  2. which take place in Madeira all year round

  3. where the largest laurel forest in the world

  4. admiring the coastline from a different perspective

  5. where one can find a unique range of flora and fauna

  6. choosing this holiday destination for its natural beauty

  7. that have prime conditions for boating and scuba diving

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

5

1

4

7

2

Task 68

Wild animals in cities

Have you ever seen bears in Vancouver parks, leopards on the streets of Mumbai or wild pigs in gardens in Berlin? Recently, there A __________ on TV about big animals coming into towns and cities. What happens when wild animals come into our cities? Is it dangerous for us and the animals?

Wild animals usually come into cities to look for food. In Cape Town, South Africa, baboons sometimes come into the suburbs. They eat fruit from gardens and go into people’s kitchens and take food from cupboards and fridges! Baboons are B __________ children and fight with pet dogs. Many people do not like them, but the city can be dangerous for baboons too. Sometimes, baboons are C __________ human food can be very bad for their teeth. The city council in Cape Town has a team of Baboon Monitors whose job is to find baboons D ___________ to the countryside. This makes the city safer for people and is healthier for the baboons. However, the main problem is that a lot of baboons will come back to the city to find food again.

In Berlin, Germany, groups of wild pigs have come into the city for hundreds of years, but now the winters are warmer, there are even more pigs than in the past. Pigs eat flowers and plants and dig in gardens and parks in the city. They also E __________ accidents. Some city residents like the pigs and give them food. But the city council is worried about the traffic accidents, so they F __________ have put up fences to stop the pigs coming into the city.

  1. cause lots of problems

  2. in the city and take them back

  3. walk in the street and cause traffic

  4. hurt in car accidents and the sugar in

  5. strong animals and sometimes they scare

  6. have been many reports in newspapers and

  7. have told people to stop giving the pigs food and

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

4

2

3

7

Task 69

Europe’s best hidden gems

There are incredible destinations in Europe known worldwide, such as Amsterdam and its canals, London and its museums, its shopping and atmosphere, or Paris, the City of Light. Europe also has thousands of hidden treasures. There is a wide selection of the finest unknown destinations in Europe, from Lugano in Switzerland  A __________.

Lugano is an international city, the crossroads and melting pot of European culture. It constitutes one of the most interesting regions to be discovered. Lugano is not only Switzerland’s third most important financial centre,  B __________ old buildings.

The area of Cinque Terre in Italy represents one of the best preserved natural sights of the Mediterranean. Human activity has contributed to creating a unique landscape in which the development of typical stone walls is so extensive C __________. All this, D __________, makes the Cinque Terre an increasingly popular location among Italian and foreign tourists.

Sintra is a jewel set between the mountains and the sea, waiting to be discovered by tourists E __________, luxuriant nature and cosmopolitan cultural offer. Sintra has a wonderful charm that left a deep impression on the soul and work of the writers F __________. Sintra is truly the capital of Romanticism. It is a place to be experienced by everyone!

  1. but showed evidence of an early human housing

  2. to Cinque Terre in Italy and Sintra in Portugal

  3. as to equal that of the famous Great Wall of China

  4. but also a town of parks and flowers, villas and

  5. who want to be lost in its majestic historical heritage

  6. combined with the beauty of a crystal clear sea

  7. who pioneered the Romantic spirit in the eighteenth century

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

4

3

6

5

7

Task 70

Beautiful cities of Italy

The political and cultural centre of Italy is the ‘Eternal City’, Rome. Ever since the Roman Empire, as its capital, Rome has become famous as a centre of European culture. The most striking sights of Rome are, of course, the Colosseum and the Forum. Once the Colosseum was able to receive about 50 thousand spectators, A __________ and concert halls. The Pantheon, the old temple of all gods, B __________, is also located in Rome.

The second most important town in Italy is Milan. Milan is the capital of fashion and C __________, exhibitions and conferences. The main attraction of Milan is its Cathedral Square, where the monument to the King Victor Emmanuel II is installed. Theatre fans will not be left disappointed by visiting the Theatre of La Scala.

The most popular city among tourists is Venice. The city is unique because it has more than 120 islands, D __________ and 400 bridges. Venice has been known for more than fifteen hundred years, and for E __________. The main area of the city is Saint Mark’s Square with the Cathedral of San Marco. One of the most beautiful buildings in Venice is the Palace of Doges. The other famous attraction is the Grand Canal F______.

In addition to this, there are such beautiful cities in Italy as Naples, Turin, Florence, Genoa, Pisa and the islands of Sardinia and Sicily. All of them are outstanding places to visit.

  1. that is the largest in Venice

  2. which was built in the early I century

  3. that everyone is dreaming about this trip

  4. which is comparable with modern stadiums

  5. which are сonnected by more than 150 canals

  6. the venue for major international festivals

  7. that time it produced a lot of attractions

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

2

6

5

7

1

Task 71

City of fountains

 Peterhof is a monument of world architecture and palace and park art. Peterhof includes a palace and park ensemble of the 18-19th centuries, A__________. Peterhof is a city of fountains as it contains 173 fountains and 4 cascades B__________. Each year up to 3 million people come here to enjoy the splendour of numerous fountains and the unique parks of Peterhof.

The name Peterhof was first mentioned in 1705. It was a coastal manor, close to which the construction of a grand country residence began. The original plan belonged to Peter the Great. After the brilliant victory of Russian troops over the Swedes, security of St. Petersburg both from the land C__________. Since that time, the construction of the Peterhof residence grew immensely in scope.

According to the plan of Peter the Great, on the one hand, Peterhof was meant to be equal in splendour with the most famous royal residences in Europe, D__________ to access the Baltic Sea. Both were successfully done. The Great Palace was built on a natural hill here, E__________. Following the plan of Peter the Great, F__________, the Grand Cascade with the famous Samson fountain was constructed. This is still one of the most spectacular fountains in the world. In 1990 the palaces and parks of Peterhof were included in the list of the world heritage of UNESCO.

  1. and from the sea has been firmly ensured

  2. which is a former royal countryside residence

  3. who designs many royal residences in Europe

  4. and then rebuilt in the baroque style in the 18th century

  5. who wanted to decorate the main entrance with waterfalls

  6. that are located in the park on the coast of the Gulf of Finland

  7. and on the other hand, to become a monument of Russia’s struggle

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

1

7

4

5

Task 72

Sights of Sochi

 Sochi is unique among other Russian cities because it has many aspects of a subtropical resort. Apart from the scenic Caucasus Mountains, pebble and sand beaches, the city attracts tourists with its vegetation, numerous parks, monuments, and extravagant architecture. About two million people visit Greater Sochi each summer, A__________. The famous Caucasian Biosphere Reserve, B__________, lies just north from the city.

Popularity of Sochi among tourists is largely explained by the beauty of its surroundings. Walking along the river Agura, everyone will admire the nature around, C__________, and amazing waterfalls. From the bridge over the Agura opens a magnificent view to the lowest Agura waterfall. In the shady Agura gorge tourists will feel the gentle coolness, D__________.

Akhun Mountain the biggest in the region has a beautiful tower on the top. The height of the tower is more than 30 metres, E__________ are stunning. The observation platform on the top of the tower gives a chance to take superb pictures of the city. Every year thousands of people visit this stone tower, F__________ the perfect view of the Black Sea coast and the Caucasus Mountains. It is a truly unforgettable experience. Tourists will enjoy visiting all the sights and the resort itself, full of exotic green and the boundless blue of the Black Sea. 

  1. and the views that open from it

  2. which is built on the top to give visitors

  3. when the subtropical resort is almost empty

  4. which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site

  5. enjoying the sound of birds singing and waterfalls gurgling

  6. when the city is home to the annual film festival “Kinotavr”

  7. including high cliffs, exotic vegetation, breathtaking canyons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

7

5

1

2

Task 73

Saint Petersburg

 A city of palaces and museums, broad avenues and narrow canals, St. Petersburg’s short history is rich in architectural and artistic treasures. Alongside world-famous attractions such as the Hermitage and St. Isaac’s Cathedral, the city has a lot of equally interesting buildings A__________. St. Petersburg is considered to be Russia’s cultural capital. It reflects the country’s extraordinary fate like no other city.

St. Petersburg is a relatively young city, by both Russian and European standards, as B__________. Despite its short life, the city has a rich history. From the early days of Peter the Great to modern times, the city has always bustled with life and intrigue.

Lying across the delta of the Neva River, St. Petersburg, the Venice of the North, is a city C__________, some of which are well-known for their unique history. Bridges are an essential part of the city’s architectural make-up. Among the city’s over 500 bridges, there are numerous technological masterpieces. The centre of the city offers vast areas of green space, D__________.

St. Petersburg is a beautiful and fascinating holiday destination and one E__________. Whether to visit the city in a romantic and snowy Russian winter F__________, visitors will be spellbound by 
St. Petersburg’s culture and beauty. 

  1. that is built on hundreds of islands

  2. or during the dazzling white nights in summer

  3. it was only founded in 1703 by Tsar Peter the Great

  4. or considering a variety of the trip accommodation offers

  5. that reveal the mysterious and tragic genius of St. Petersburg

  6. of the most intriguing and historically significant cities in Europe

  7. including beautiful historic gardens and extensive leisure parks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

3

1

7

6

2

Task 74

State Hermitage Museum

 The Hermitage is St. Petersburg’s most popular visitor attraction, and one of the world’s largest and most prestigious museums. It is a must-see for all first-time travellers to the city. With over 3 million items in its collection, it also rewards repeat visits, A__________ of the riches on offer here, from Impressionist masterpieces to fascinating Oriental treasures. It was estimated B__________ on display for just one minute. So many visitors prefer a guided tour to ensure C__________ highlights. Art-lovers, however, may find it more rewarding to seek out for themselves the works D__________.

The bulk of the Hermitage collection is housed in the Winter Palace, E__________. However, there are a number of other sites that constitute part of the Hermitage, including the recently opened Storage Facility in the north of St. Petersburg. It offers guided tours through some of the museum’s vast stocks. The magnificent General Staff Building opposite the Winter Palace is most famous for its central triumphal arch, F__________ Nevsky Prospekt. The General Staff Building contains a number of unique exhibitions. It includes the Modern European Art, probably the most visited section of the Hermitage with well-known collections of Picasso and Matisse, as well as a wealth of popular Impressionist paintings. 

  1. that they are particularly interested in

  2. that they have time to catch all the collection’s

  3. and new-comers can only hope to get a brief taste

  4. which brings pedestrians out on to Palace Square from

  5. that one would need eleven years to view each exhibit

  6. which was the official residence of the Russian emperors

  7. and the exhibition was often visited by military historians

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

5

2

1

6

4

Task 75

Letniy Sad

 Letniy Sad (The Summer Garden) is a park ensemble, a monument of landscape art of the 18th century. Letniy Sad is the oldest park in St. Petersburg. The park was founded by Peter I in 1704. The Tsar dreamed of his own Versailles and drew its original plan himself. He planned to create a regular, architectural park with accurate layout and straight paths. Prominent architects and gardeners took part in its creation. The park was supposed to become a place of relaxation, A__________.

Letniy Sad is surrounded by water. Natural boundary of the park from the north and east are the Neva and Fontanka Rivers, B__________.

Peter I brought sculptures from Italy for the park and was very proud of them. In the 18th century there were more than two hundred sculptures, C__________, or moved to suburban royal residences and the Hermitage. Now Letniy Sad is decorated with 90 sculptures – copies made of artificial marble.

In May, 2012 Letniy Sad was opened after reconstruction. The reconstruction work had been going on for about three years, D__________ Letniy Sad as it was in the 18th century. Among the new items in Letniy Sad, there is the Archaeological Museum, E__________ during the restoration of the park. Visitors can take a tour of the park F__________ on Sundays. 

  1. and restorers have done everything possible to keep

  2. combining the features of urban and suburban estates

  3. which are planned to be the centre of scientific research

  4. which contains interesting objects found by archaeologists

  5. but later many of them were either destroyed in the flood

  6. and enjoy the exhibitions and performances of a brass band

  7. and from the south and west – the Moika River and the Lebyazhiy Canal

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

5

1

4

6

55

Like this post? Please share to your friends:
  • Hse расписание экзаменов
  • However the greatness of war and peace not lie in its philosophy егэ
  • How we got that mark егэ
  • How to write an email егэ
  • How to turn failure to success егэ ответы